WO2019189510A1 - Automatic vending machine - Google Patents

Automatic vending machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019189510A1
WO2019189510A1 PCT/JP2019/013448 JP2019013448W WO2019189510A1 WO 2019189510 A1 WO2019189510 A1 WO 2019189510A1 JP 2019013448 W JP2019013448 W JP 2019013448W WO 2019189510 A1 WO2019189510 A1 WO 2019189510A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
product
product storage
shelf
stopper
stopper member
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/013448
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
勝彦 福田
努 岩子
Original Assignee
富士電機株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士電機株式会社 filed Critical 富士電機株式会社
Priority to CN201980007230.1A priority Critical patent/CN111557025B/en
Priority to JP2020509282A priority patent/JP6954455B2/en
Publication of WO2019189510A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019189510A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G1/00Storing articles, individually or in orderly arrangement, in warehouses or magazines
    • B65G1/02Storage devices
    • B65G1/04Storage devices mechanical
    • B65G1/06Storage devices mechanical with means for presenting articles for removal at predetermined position or level
    • B65G1/08Storage devices mechanical with means for presenting articles for removal at predetermined position or level the articles being fed by gravity
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F11/00Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles
    • G07F11/02Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines
    • G07F11/04Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines in which magazines the articles are stored one vertically above the other
    • G07F11/16Delivery means
    • G07F11/24Rotary or oscillatory members
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F11/00Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles
    • G07F11/02Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines
    • G07F11/28Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines in which the magazines are inclined
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F11/00Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles
    • G07F11/02Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines
    • G07F11/28Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines in which the magazines are inclined
    • G07F11/30Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles from non-movable magazines in which the magazines are inclined two or more magazines having independent delivery
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65GTRANSPORT OR STORAGE DEVICES, e.g. CONVEYORS FOR LOADING OR TIPPING, SHOP CONVEYOR SYSTEMS OR PNEUMATIC TUBE CONVEYORS
    • B65G59/00De-stacking of articles
    • B65G59/06De-stacking from the bottom of the stack

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a product storage rack in which product storage shelves, in which a plurality of product storage passages for storing a plurality of products in a horizontal position and arranged in a line in the front-rear direction, are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction. And a vending machine that carries out the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by a product discharge device disposed on the rear end side of the product storage shelf.
  • a product storage shelf with a product storage passage (also referred to as a product column) that stores a plurality of products in a horizontal position in a line in the front-rear direction is stored vertically in the cabinet of the main body cabinet.
  • a product storage rack is provided in a plurality of stages. The product storage shelves arranged in the product storage rack are constructed with a predetermined gradient so that the product outlet of the product storage passage is lowered.
  • the product storage shelf is provided with partition members that extend in the front-rear direction and divide the upper surface of the product storage shelf in the width direction (left-right direction) to define a product storage passage, and each partition member is partitioned by this partition member
  • a product carry-out device for cutting out and carrying out products one by one lying down in the product storage passage one by one is provided at the product carry-out port of the product storage passage.
  • the product carry-out device disclosed in Patent Document 1 is disposed above the product storage passage, and can be moved up and down in the product storage passage, and is the first product in the sales order (the last product, also referred to as sales product).
  • a first stopper member movably provided between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a manner that holds the product and a retreat position that retreats from the product storage passage in a manner that releases the holding of the sold product.
  • a second stopper member movably provided between the projecting positions to project, a link mechanism for moving the first stopper member and the second stopper member to a projecting position and a retracted position, and a drive for driving the link mechanism Means (solenoid, motor), the first stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the product for sale during standby and the second stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage.
  • the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage through the link mechanism to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is withdrawn from the product storage passage to pay out the sale product.
  • the slant truck can increase the number of product storage shelves by reducing the inclination angle of the product storage shelves, thereby defining a large number of product columns on the top, bottom, left, and right. It is suitable for demands that can be sold (multi-selection).
  • the product carry-out device above the product storage passage is configured to hold the sales product and the next sale product by alternately projecting the first stopper member and the second stopper member from above the product storage passage to the product storage passage.
  • the first stopper member is provided so as to be inclined rearward so that the product is stored up to the vicinity of the product exit of the product storage passage. If the product has a relatively large diameter and a large diameter, the stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage in such a manner that the stopper member enters between the next sale product and the sale product when the product is sold, and then the first stopper member is separated. However, it is possible to evacuate the merchandise storage passage and securely carry out only the merchandise for sale.
  • the first stopper member when the diameter of the product is reduced, the first stopper member is inclined rearward, and the entire product stored in the product storage passage moves closer to the product delivery port. Depending on the diameter, the second stopper member protruding into the product storage passage enters between the next sale product and the third sale product following the next sale product, and the next sale product and the third sale product following the next sale product. The product is separated from the product, and a malfunction occurs in which two of the sale product and the next sale product are taken out at the time of sale, and normal sale becomes difficult.
  • JP 2012-118902 A Japanese Patent No. 574297 (FIGS. 14 and 15)
  • Patent Document 2 it is possible to sell a product having a diameter smaller than that of a large-diameter product by attaching the passage-restricting attachment to the product storage shelf. If it is removed, it is possible to sell large-diameter products, which is excellent in that products with different diameters can be sold in one product column.
  • the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf is simply raised by the attachment for restricting the passage, the second stopper member protruding into the product storage passage may be the next sale product and the next sale product depending on the diameter of the product.
  • the sale of the sale item is detected by the behavior of the first stopper member based on the sale load applied to the first stopper member protruding into the sale item storage passage. If the product has a large diameter and a long size, the volume of the beverage is large and the product load is relatively heavy. Therefore, it is possible to detect sold-out stably by the behavior of the first stopper member. (Also referred to as “commodity product”), the volume of the beverage is small and the product load is relatively light, so the first stopper member can no longer behave. There is a problem that a sales opportunity is lost due to false detection.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object thereof is to provide a vending machine capable of solving the above-described problems and selling a plurality of types of products having different diameters using a single product column. is there.
  • the invention according to claim 1 has product storage shelves arranged in an inclined manner so that the product outlet is lowered with respect to the product input port in multiple stages in the vertical direction.
  • Product delivery that is arranged in the vicinity of the product exit in the product storage shelf, with multiple product storage passages defined in the left and right direction by partition members that store products lying in a line in the front-rear direction on the storage shelf
  • a product storage rack that cuts out and transports the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by the device, and the product discharge device is freely movable in and out of the product storage passage and is the first product in the sales order (the last product)
  • the first position is provided so as to be movable between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a mode of holding the sales product) and a retreat position that is retracted from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the sales product Stopper A mode in which a product that can be moved in and out of the product storage passage and retracted from the product storage passage
  • the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage via the link mechanism to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage.
  • the first stopper member of the merchandise carry-out device is sold in a state where the first stopper member holds the sale merchandise and protrudes into the merchandise storage passage.
  • a stopper attachment for bringing the standby position of the product toward the product inlet is detachably attached.
  • the invention according to claim 2 is the vending machine according to claim 1, wherein the attachment for passage restriction is detachably laid on the product storage shelf and raises the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf.
  • the passage restriction attachment extends from the product input port of the product storage passage to the product carry-out device, and is connected to the product rolling surface portion substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf and the product rolling surface portion.
  • it is inclined so as to approach the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf, and becomes a standby position for the sales product held by the stopper attachment attached to the first stopper member. It consists of an inclined surface part.
  • the vending machine according to claim 1 of the present invention has product storage shelves arranged in an inclined manner so that the product outlet is lowered with respect to the product input port in multiple stages in the vertical direction.
  • Product delivery that is arranged in the vicinity of the product exit in the product storage shelf, with multiple product storage passages defined in the left and right direction by partition members that store products lying in a line in the front-rear direction on the storage shelf
  • a product storage rack that cuts out and transports the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by the device, and the product discharge device is freely movable in and out of the product storage passage and is the first product in the sales order (the last product)
  • the first position is provided so as to be movable between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a mode of holding the sales product) and a retreat position that is retracted from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the sales product.
  • Stopper member quotient Products that can move in and out of the storage passage and retain the retreat position that retracts from the product storage passage and the second highest sales item following the sales product (the product that follows the last product, also called the next sales product)
  • a second stopper member that is movable between a protruding position protruding in the storage passage, a link mechanism that moves the first stopper member and the second stopper member to a protruding position and a retracted position, and driving the link mechanism The first stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the product for sale, and the second stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage when waiting for sale.
  • the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage via the link mechanism to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage.
  • the first stopper member of the merchandise unloading device projects the merchandise in a state where the first stopper member protrudes into the merchandise storage passage in a manner to hold the merchandise for sale. Attaching the stopper attachment that brings the standby position closer to the product entry port is detachable, so that if the stopper attachment is attached to the first stopper member, the standby position of the sold product can be introduced even if it is a short-sized product with a small diameter.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of a vending machine targeted by the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the vending machine shown in FIG. 1 as viewed from the upper right side with the outer door removed.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the product storage rack and the guide member of FIG.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded view of the commodity storage rack.
  • 5A and 5B show a product storage shelf to which a product carry-out device is directly attached.
  • FIG. 5A is a perspective view seen from the upper right and
  • FIG. 5B is a rear perspective view of FIG. 6 is an exploded view of the product storage shelf of FIG.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B show a state in which the product storage shelf of FIG. 5 is viewed from diagonally below and to the right on the back side.
  • FIG. 7A is an exploded view and FIG. 8A and 8B show a partition member, where FIG. 8A is a top perspective view and FIG. 8B is a rear perspective view of FIG.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B show a passage regulating attachment, where FIG. 9A is a top perspective view, FIG. 9B is a rear perspective view, and FIG. 9C is a side view.
  • 10A and 10B show a posture control plate, in which FIG. 10A is a perspective view seen from diagonally upward on the rear side, and FIG. 10B is an exploded perspective view of FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG. 11 as viewed from the back.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG. 11 as viewed from the back.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective
  • FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG.
  • FIG. 14 shows the mechanism part holding member of a goods carrying-out apparatus, (a) is the perspective view seen from diagonally upward right, (b) is the perspective view which looked at (a) from the back.
  • FIG. 15 shows the mechanism holding member, (a) is an exploded view of the bearing member from the mechanism holding member, and (b) is a side view of the bearing member.
  • 16A and 16B show the first stopper member, where FIG. 16A is a front perspective view and FIG. 16B is a rear perspective view.
  • FIGS. 17A and 17B show stopper attachments, in which FIG. 17A is a front perspective view and FIG. 17B is a rear perspective view.
  • FIG. 18A and 18B show the attachment of the stopper attachment to the first stopper member.
  • FIG. 18A is a perspective view of the state before the attachment of the stopper is attached to the first stopper member.
  • FIGS. 18B and 18C are the attachment of the stopper. They are the front perspective view and the back perspective view of the state which assembled
  • FIG. 19 shows the second stopper member, where (a) is a perspective view seen from above, and (b) is a perspective view seen from the back.
  • 20A and 20B show a link mechanism, in which FIG. 20A is a perspective view showing a linked state of the link member and the guide member, and FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 21 shows a wiring guide member, (a) is a perspective view as viewed from above, (b) is a perspective view when (a) is viewed from the back, and (c) is a side sectional view of (a). .
  • FIG. 22 is a perspective view showing the relationship between the sold-out detection switch and the first stopper member.
  • 23A and 23B show the configuration and operation of the main part of the motor drive unit, where FIG. 23A is a plan view of the main part at the time of sale standby, and FIG. 23B is a plan view of the main part at the time of sale.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the first holder disassembled from the driving unit holding member. 25A and 25B show the first holder, in which FIG.
  • FIG. 25A is a perspective view seen obliquely from the front side
  • FIG. 25B is a rear perspective view of FIG.
  • FIG. 26 shows a state in which the rear shelf member is positioned by the first holder, (a) is a side view of the state in which the first holder is released, and (b) is a state in which the rear shelf member is positioned by the first holder.
  • FIG. FIG. 27 is a top perspective view showing a state in which the second holder is disassembled from the cover member together with the shelf locking member.
  • 28A and 28B show the second holder, in which FIG. 28A is a perspective view seen obliquely from the front side, and FIG. 28B is a rear perspective view of FIG. FIG.
  • FIG. 29 is an operation explanatory diagram of the main part of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out apparatus before product loading.
  • FIG. 30 is an operation explanatory diagram showing the operation of the dispensing mechanism in the merchandise carry-out device in the sales standby state.
  • FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram of an operation at the time of sale of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out device.
  • FIG. 32 is an operation explanatory diagram illustrating an operation in a standby state of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out device when selling a short-sized product.
  • FIG. 33 is an operation explanatory diagram at the time of sale of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out device when selling a short-sized product.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of a vending machine that sells canned beverages and plastic bottled beverages, which is an example of a vending machine targeted by the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is an outside door removed from the vending machine of FIG. It is the perspective view which looked down from the diagonally upper right of the state. Left and right refer to the left and right when viewed from the front of the vending machine.
  • this vending machine is supported in a manner that it can be opened and closed on the front surface of the main body cabinet 1 in a manner that closes the front opening of the main body cabinet 1 and the main body cabinet 1 formed as a heat-insulating housing whose front surface is open.
  • the outer door 2 is provided with a product outlet 2a.
  • the main body cabinet 1 is constructed as a heat insulating casing by disposing a heat insulating panel made of urethane foam on the inner side of the outer box made of steel plate, that is, the upper wall 1a, the left and right side walls 1b, the back wall 1c and the bottom wall 1d.
  • a space surrounded by heat insulating panels disposed on 1a, the left and right side walls 1b, the back wall 1c, and the bottom wall 1d is formed as a product storage, and the lower part of the product storage is formed as a machine room 8.
  • the inside of the product storage box surrounded by the heat insulating panels of the main body cabinet 1 is partitioned into three product storage rooms 13, 14, 15 in the left-right direction by heat insulating partition walls 12, 12 (see FIG. 2).
  • a product storage rack 4 having product storage shelves 10 arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction is stored and installed.
  • the front surface of the product storage in the main body cabinet 1 is closed by a heat insulating inner door 3 supported by the main body cabinet 1 so as to be openable and closable by a hinge mechanism, and the heat insulating inner door 3 is pushed by a product sent from the product storage case.
  • a merchandise carry-out port 3a having a carry-out flapper 3b to be opened is provided.
  • the unloading flapper 3b is supported by the upper end and hangs down, and closes the unloading port 3a by its own weight to prevent the outflow of cold air or warm air.
  • the product is formed so as to be delivered to the product outlet 2 a of the outer door 2.
  • the product storage rack 4 includes a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 made of a rectangular flat plate-shaped thin steel plate, and the product storage shelf 10 is installed on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41.
  • the product storage shelf 10 is vertically multi-staged on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 in such a manner that the product storage shelf 10 is inclined with a predetermined slope so that the front side serving as the product input port 44 is high and the rear side serving as the product exit 45 is low. In the form, it is constructed in 10 steps).
  • a mech locking member 100 is installed on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 above the uppermost product storage shelf 10.
  • the upper ends of the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are configured to be engageable and disengageable with a pair of left and right guide fittings 16, 16 (see FIG. 3) laid on the ceiling surface of the commodity storage.
  • the product storage rack 4 is stored in the product storage.
  • the product storage shelf 10 is provided with a plurality of partition members 42 shown in FIG. These partition members 42 define a product storage passage 43 (product column) that stores a plurality of products in a line-down posture in a line in the front-rear direction.
  • a product storage passage 43 product column
  • a product carry-out device 5 for cutting out and carrying out the products stored in the product storage passage 43 one by one is directly attached to the back of the product storage shelf 10.
  • an attachment (not shown) that adjusts the interval between the product carry-out device 5 and the passage surface of the product storage passage 43 is laid on the product storage shelf 10 as necessary.
  • the mech locking member 100 is provided above the uppermost product storage passage 43 with a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 is erected.
  • the commodity storage shelf 10 is mounted with a passage regulating attachment 40 (see FIG. 5 and the like) that raises the plate surface (passage surface) of the commodity storage shelf 10 as necessary.
  • the upper fan F2 in the warehouse is arranged at a position above the rear end of the mech locking member 100.
  • the upper region of the rear end of the mech locking member 100 is a portion that becomes a dead space by being arranged with a predetermined gradient so that the rear side is lower than the front side.
  • An internal upper fan F2 is provided using a dead space.
  • the in-compartment upper fan F2 blows the in-compartment air that has risen through the upper duct member 70b downward, and is installed on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
  • the rear ends (product outlets 45) of the product storage shelves 10 arranged in multiple upper and lower stages in each of the product storage racks 4 are located on the same vertical line, and the product outlet 45 and the upper duct member 70b are connected to each other.
  • a space is formed as a commodity drop passage 46 through which the commodity falls.
  • the product drop passage 46 has a rotation center at a position close to the rear end of each product storage shelf 10 and a projecting position that protrudes into the product drop passage 46 and a product pushed and opened by the falling product.
  • An attitude control plate 47 that rotates between the retreat position for retreating from the drop passage 46 is provided.
  • the attitude control plate 47 is urged by a coil spring 470 (see FIG.
  • the attitude control plate 47 is installed in a pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41.
  • a rack fixing bracket 49 (see FIG. 4) is fixed to the lower part of the front end of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41.
  • the rack fixing bracket 49 is screwed to a main body side rack fixing bracket (not shown) that is horizontally mounted on the front opening of the main body cabinet 1 after the commodity storage rack 4 is placed in the commodity storage, and this main body side rack fixing portion is fixed.
  • the product storage rack 4 is prevented from shaking in cooperation with the metal fittings.
  • the product storage rack 4 is arranged in an inclined manner in a forward-downward manner in such a manner that the lower region of the product drop passage 46 and the product outlet 3 a provided in the heat insulating inner door 3 are connected to each other on the plate surface.
  • a product carry-out chute 6 having a plurality of ventilation holes and a cooling / heating unit 7 for cooling or heating the product stored in the product storage rack 4 and storing it in a cold or hot state are disposed in the product storage.
  • the product storage rack 4, the product carry-out chute 6, and the cooling / heating unit 7 are arranged in order of top and bottom.
  • the cooling / heating unit 7 is disposed in a space behind the product carry-out chute 6 that is inclined in a forward-downward posture.
  • the cooling / heating unit 7 includes an evaporator 7a, a heater 7b, and an interior lower fan F1, and these evaporator 7a, heater 7b, and interior lower fan F1 are connected to the heater 7b and the interior lower fan from the front side. F1 and evaporator 7a are juxtaposed in the front-rear direction.
  • the internal lower fan F1 can change the rotation speed by voltage control and PWM control of a fan driving motor.
  • the evaporator 7a, the internal lower fan F1, and the heater 7b are arranged in a wind tunnel that surrounds and protects the evaporator 7a, and a wind tunnel 400 for spacers is provided continuously to the wind tunnel of the heater 7b.
  • the wind tunnel and the wind tunnel 400 in the evaporator 7a and the lower fan F1 and the heater 7b are continuous in a tunnel shape as a whole. It is assumed that each wind tunnel is representative, that is, the wind tunnel 400 of the cooling / heating unit 7.
  • a lower duct member 70 a is provided continuously to the wind tunnel 400 of the cooling / heating unit 7.
  • the lower duct member 70a is disposed along the rear surface of the product storage (the back wall 1c of the main body cabinet 1), and the upper duct member 70b is disposed in communication with the lower duct member 70a.
  • a refrigerator condensing unit 9 that forms a refrigeration cycle with the evaporator 7a of the cooling / heating unit 7 is disposed in the machine room 8 below the main body cabinet 1.
  • the refrigerator condensing unit 9 is composed of a compressor 9a, a condenser 9b, an outside fan 9c, an expansion valve (not shown), and the like, and is arranged in the condenser 9b and the product storage box arranged outside the product storage box.
  • the evaporator 7a is connected by refrigerant piping via an expansion valve.
  • a product selection button for specifying a product to be purchased, as a price is omitted.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the product storage rack 4 stored and installed in the product storage chamber 14.
  • the product storage rack 4 is arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction, the product storage shelf 10 with the product carry-out device 5 directly attached to the back thereof, the attitude control plate 47 provided in the vicinity of the rear end of the product storage shelf 10, cooling / Upper duct member 70b for guiding cool air or warm air that has been cooled or heated by the heating unit 7 upward in the cabinet, and the internal upper fan F2 that blows the air in the cabinet raised through the upper duct member 70b downward And a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 on which the mech locking member 100 and the like are installed.
  • the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are divided into a front rack member 41F and a rear rack member 41R, respectively.
  • the front side rack member 41F and the rear side rack member 41R are each made of a thin plate steel plate having a rectangular flat plate shape.
  • a front flange and a rear flange for reinforcement are bent and formed inwardly along the front and rear edges of the front rack member 41F and the rear rack member 41R of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41, respectively.
  • engaging portions 41F1 and 41R1 are formed at the upper edges of the front rack member 41F and the rear rack member 41R so as to be bent in a hook shape so as to face outward.
  • the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are fastened together with screws after the rear flange of the front rack member 41F and the front flange of the rear rack member 41R are abutted to be integrated.
  • the engagement part 41F1 and 41R1 provided in the upper edge of the front side rack member 41F and the rear side rack member 41R are used as a pair of left and right guide fittings 16 laid on the ceiling surface of the product storage in the main body cabinet 1.
  • the product storage shelf 10 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 is composed of a front shelf member 10F and a rear shelf member 10R divided in the front-rear direction, as shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. 5 shows a product storage shelf directly attached with a product delivery device
  • (a) is a perspective view seen from the upper right
  • (b) is a rear perspective view of (a)
  • FIG. 6 is a product storage of FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded view of the shelf
  • FIG. 7 shows a state in which the product storage shelf is viewed obliquely from the lower right side on the back side
  • (a) is an exploded view thereof
  • (b) is an assembly view of (a).
  • the front side shelf member 10F is mainly used for adjusting the partition member 42, and a cover member 95 is provided on the back side.
  • the rear side shelf member 10R is mainly used for mounting the product carry-out device 5, and the product carry-out device 5 is directly attached to the rear surface.
  • the front side shelf member 10F and the rear side shelf member 10R are each made of a thin plate steel plate having a rectangular flat plate shape.
  • the front side shelf member 10F and the rear side shelf member 10R are reinforced by forming flanges 10F1 and 10F1 and flanges 10R1 and 10R1 bent downward from left and right side edges of a rectangular plate surface, respectively.
  • the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R have a width in the left-right direction that is slightly wider than the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F can be sandwiched between the flanges 10R1 and 10R1.
  • This example shows an example in which two product columns CL and CR are formed on the left and right with the central portion in the left-right direction of the product storage shelf 10 as a boundary.
  • the front end portion of the front shelf member 10F is bent downward to form a hanging portion 110, and the hanging portion 110 has a plurality of screw holes (not shown).
  • the left and right ends of the front shelf member 10F are bent downward to form flanges 10F1 and 10F1.
  • two product columns CR and CL are defined on the left and right on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the guide groove 111 formed as a slit that is positioned near the front of the plate surface and extends in the left-right direction, and the rear side of the guide groove 111, respectively.
  • the front and rear three-stage setting grooves 112 that are formed as slits extending in the front-rear direction and are arranged side by side in the left-right direction, and square pet bottles that are mounted on the product storage shelf 10 as necessary
  • Four slit-shaped mounting grooves 113 for mounting attachments (not shown) are drilled for each of the product columns CL and CR.
  • the hanging part 110, the guide groove 111, and the three-stage setting groove 112 are for mounting and adjusting the partition member 42.
  • a front end of the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front side shelf member 10F is notched, and a pin insertion groove 10F11 (see FIG. 7) is formed between the hanging part 110 and a predetermined gap.
  • the pin insertion groove 10F11 is disposed in such a manner as to straddle the left and right rack side plates 41, 41, and is inserted with a pin P1 (see also FIG. 3) that supports the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 10F).
  • the fitting groove 10F12 is fitted to the shelf locking member 101 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
  • the shelf locking member 101 is formed by appropriately bending a rectangular flat plate. As shown in FIG. 27, the shelf locking member 101 has a front end curled in a semicircular shape, opened downward, and protruded to the left and right, and a double hold provided at the rear end. In addition, left and right protruding projections 101b and 101b are provided, and the engagement portions 101a and 101a and the engagement tabs 101b and 101b are provided in corresponding holes (not shown) provided in the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, respectively. Is installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
  • the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are cut out so as to be located slightly forward from the rear edge of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the rear edge of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is formed to be located behind the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the free ends on the rear end side of the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are formed with engagement pieces 10F13 and 10F13 (see FIG. 7) that are curved inward, and hook-like engagements on the front side thereof.
  • a groove 10F14 is formed.
  • the front end portion of the rear side shelf member 10R is bent downward on the rear side with respect to the front ends of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1, and a hanging portion 120 is formed.
  • the hanging portion 120 is provided with a coupler mounting hole 121 in which a coupler (not shown) to which a control signal line is connected to a drive device of the product carry-out device 5 and a sold-out detection switch (microswitch) is mounted.
  • a coupler (not shown) to which a control signal line is connected to a drive device of the product carry-out device 5 and a sold-out detection switch (microswitch) is mounted.
  • the drooping portion 120 it is formed by bending forward and placing the mounting portion 122 of the cover member 95 on both sides of the mounting portion 122 and rounding the free end side into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape). Curl locking portions 123 and 123 (see also FIG.
  • the fixing portions 124 and 128 on the left and right of the intermediate position in the front-rear direction of the plate surface are formed.
  • the fixing portion 128 is hidden by the partition member 42 and cannot be seen. 7
  • three fixing portions 125 to 127 are provided on the left and right sides of the left and right sides.
  • Each of the fixing portions 124 to 128 is formed as a recessed portion by extrusion toward the back side of the plate surface.
  • Screw insertion holes 124a, 125a, 127a, 128a are formed in the bottom surface of the recessed portions of the fixing portions 124, 125, 127, 128, and the left and right screw insertion holes 126a, 126a are formed in the fixing portions 126, 126. It has been drilled. These fixing portions 124 to 128 are for directly attaching the product carry-out device 5.
  • pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 are formed by square notches at the front edge portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R, and a circular shape is formed at the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1. Curl engaging portions 10R12 and 10R12 are formed by arc-shaped notches.
  • the pin insertion grooves 10R11, 10R11 are arranged in a manner straddling the left and right rack side plates 41, 41, and are inserted with pins P2 (see also FIG. 3) for supporting the product storage shelf 10 (rear side shelf member 10R).
  • the length of the pin insertion grooves 10R11, 10R11 in the front-rear direction is approximately twice the diameter of the pin P2.
  • the curl engaging portions 10R12 and 10R12 hold the posture control plate 47 and abut against a cylindrical portion 477 formed on a holding member 476 arranged in a manner straddling the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41.
  • the attitude control plate 47 and the holding member 476 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the front ends of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear side shelf member 10R are configured to be positioned in front of the front end portion of the plate surface of the rear side shelf member 10R.
  • a gap is formed between the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 and the curl locking portions 123 and 123. These gaps receive engagement pieces 10F13 and 10F13 formed on the rear end sides of the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F, and are used for connection to the front shelf member 10F. .
  • the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R have a width in the left and right direction that is slightly wider than the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front side shelf member 10F can be sandwiched between the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the side shelf member 10R.
  • the engagement pieces 10F13, 10F13 formed on the rear end side of the left and right flanges 10F1, 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are connected to the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1, 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R and the curl locking portions 123, 123.
  • 10F1 by fitting the hook-like locking grooves 10F14, 10F14 formed on the rear end side into the left and right curl locking portions 123, 123 formed at the front end portion of the rear shelf member 10R.
  • the rear side shelf member 10R is connected.
  • the rear edge of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is on the plate surface of the rear shelf member 10R
  • the product that rolls or slides on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is the rear shelf member. It is comprised so that it may not collide with the front-end part of 10R.
  • the engagement pieces 10F13, 10F13 formed on the rear end side of the left and right flanges 10F1, 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are connected to the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1, 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R and the curl locking portions 123, 123, respectively.
  • the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R are attached to a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 as shown in FIG. That is, a holding member 476 for holding the attitude control plate 47 is disposed between the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41, and both ends of the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 and the left and right locking pieces 478a are connected to the pair of left and right sides.
  • a holding member mounting hole OP4 (detailed in FIG. 10) provided in the rack side plates 41, 41 and installed
  • the pins P1, P2 are inserted into the pin insertion holes OP1, OP2 from the outside of the right rack side plate 41. It is inserted and installed across the left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
  • the rear shelf member 10R is inserted into the pin P2 with the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 formed near the front of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1, and then slid rearward, while the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 Arc-shaped curl engaging portions 10R12, 10R12 formed at the rear end are fitted into a cylindrical portion 477 formed on the holding member 476.
  • the rear end portions of the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are fitted in the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R in the above-described manner, and then the left and right sides of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the pin insertion grooves 10F11 and 10F11 formed at the front end of the flange 10F1 are fitted to the pin P1.
  • the front side shelf member 10F and the rear side shelf member 10R are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 in a connected state.
  • the front side shelf member 10F can be removed by a procedure reverse to the procedure for attaching to the rack side plate 41 described above, and the product storage passage 43, in particular, the product storage passage in which the product delivery device 5 is disposed.
  • the product jam can be eliminated by removing the front shelf member 10F.
  • the partition member 42 is mounted on the product storage shelf 10 so as to extend in the front-rear direction to define the product storage passage 43.
  • the example shown in FIG. 5 (the product storage rack stored and installed in the product storage chamber 15) 4, three partition members 42 are used in a manner of forming product columns CL and CR, in which case partition members 42LL and 42LR are provided for restricting the left and right of the product column CL, Only the partitioning member 42RL for restricting the left side is provided for the product column CR because the right side regulation of the product column CR is also used for the right rack side plate 41. .
  • FIG. 8A and 8B show the partition member 42LL, where FIG. 8A is a perspective view seen from the upper right and FIG. 8B is a perspective view seen from the lower right.
  • the partition member 42LL is a thin steel plate bent in an L shape, and a product placement portion 421 parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 including the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R.
  • the control portion 422 is perpendicular to the passage surface.
  • An L-shaped fitting portion 4211 surrounding the hanging portion 110 at the front end of the front shelf member 10F is formed at the front end of the product placing portion 421.
  • the fitting portion 4211 is loosely fitted in a manner that wraps the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F.
  • a hook piece 421a that protrudes toward the back side is formed by cutting and raising the front side of the plate surface of the product placement portion 421.
  • the hook piece 421a is formed corresponding to a guide groove 111 formed as a slit extending in the left-right direction toward the front of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F, and the rear edge of the guide groove 111
  • the hook piece 421a is fitted into the guide groove 111 so that it is loosely fitted under the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F in a state where the plate surface is bent downward by pressing from above. Is.
  • three engagement claws 421b are formed by cutting and raising in the front-rear direction protruding toward the back side behind the hook piece 421a of the product placement portion 421.
  • Two engagement claws 421b on the front side of these engagement claws 421b are formed in a substantially inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed from the side, while the remaining rear engagement claws 421b face rearward. It is formed in a hook shape. These three engaging claws 421b can be respectively engaged and disengaged in three front and rear setting grooves 112 formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the rear end side of the restricting portion 422 forms a step by a notch 4221 so as to avoid interference with a stopper member 52 of the commodity unloading device 5 described later, and a finger hooking hole 4222 for hooking a finger toward the front thereof. Is formed.
  • the partition member 42LL is assembled to the product storage shelf 10 as follows. That is, the hook piece 421a formed on the product placement portion 421 of the partition member 42LL is positioned above the product storage shelf 10 (the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R), and the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. In the state where the guide groove 111 is formed on the front side, the rear edge of the guide groove 111 is pressed from above to bend the plate surface downward, and the tip of the hook piece 421a is It sinks under the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the tip of the L-shaped fitting portion 4211 of the partition member 42LL (the leg piece in the short L-shape direction) interferes with the front end of the front shelf member 10F, so that the fitting portion 4211 is bent forward. Then, the partition member 42 is moved downward until the product placement portion 421 reaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10 while preventing interference with the front end of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the tip of the fitting portion 4211 (the leg piece in the L-shaped short direction) reaches below the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F. .
  • the fitting portion 4211 is restored and the drooping portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F is wrapped from the front side.
  • the partition member 42LL When the product placement portion 421 of the partition member 42LL approaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10, before and after the three engaging claws 421b formed on the product placement portion 421 are formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the partition member 42LL When not facing the three setting grooves 112, 112 (when the three engaging claws 421b are in contact with the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F), the partition member 42LL is slid in the left-right direction.
  • the product placing portion 421 of the partition member 42LL is placed on the product storage shelf 10 (the front side shelf member 10F and the rear side). It closely adheres to the plate surface of the shelf member 10R).
  • the partition member 42LL is moved rearward until the fitting portion 4211 contacts the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F, and the rear hook-like engagement claw 421b of the three engagement claws 421b. Is buried below the product storage shelf 10 (front shelf member 10F). Thereby, the product placement portion 421 of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 10F) partition member 42LL is in close contact with the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 10F and rear side shelf member 10R). It is mounted in a state maintained by the hook-shaped engaging claw 421b.
  • the front side shelf into which the base end part (vertical part) of hook piece 421a of partition member 42LL and the three engagement claws 421b fit, respectively.
  • the guide groove 111 and the three front and rear setting grooves 112 of the member 10F are sized to allow the proximal end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 421a and the three engaging claws 421b of the partition member 42LL to move forward and backward. Is formed.
  • the partition member 42RL has the same configuration as the partition member 42LL.
  • the partition member 42RR is the same as the partition member 42LL except for the bending direction of the partition member 42LL and the product placement portion 421.
  • the partition member 42 is attached to the product storage shelf 10 so as to extend in the front-rear direction to define the product storage passage 43, and the passage width of the product storage passage 43 is changed by changing the set position on the product storage shelf 10. (Width in the left-right direction) can be changed.
  • the partition member 42LL is set on the left end side of the commodity storage shelf 10 (set in the setting grooves 112, 112 on the left end side among the three setting grooves 112 in the front and rear formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F).
  • the partition member 42LR is set on the right end side corresponding to the product column CL of the product storage shelf 10 (the left end side of the three front and rear setting grooves 112 corresponding to the product column CL formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the partition member 42RL is set on the left end side corresponding to the product column CR of the product storage shelf 10 (before and after corresponding to the product column CR formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F).
  • the product storage passage 43 corresponding to a long-sized product is stored in the product storage shelf 10. 43 is defined.
  • the regulating portion 422 of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is picked and pulled forward, and the rear of the three engaging claws 421b is pulled.
  • a finger for example, a thumb
  • the partition member 42LL partition member 42RL
  • an external force is applied to lift the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) upward by the finger hooked in the finger hooking hole 4222.
  • the corner (L-shaped corner) of the L-shaped fitting portion 4211 of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) arranged so as to wrap around the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F is the lower end of the hanging portion 110.
  • the product mounting portion 421 of the product storage shelf 10 (the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R) is rotated so that the rear end side of the partition members 42LL and 42RL is lifted with the contact point as a fulcrum. Ascends away from the plate surface.
  • the rotation of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is limited by the front end of the hook piece 421a (the front end of the horizontal portion) being in contact with the back surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is slid rightward to a predetermined set position while maintaining the rotated state.
  • the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) rotates downward, and the product Three engaging claws 421b provided on the mounting portion 421 engage with the corresponding three-stage setting grooves 112 in the front and rear.
  • the partition member 42LL partition member 42RL
  • product storage passages 43, 43 having a narrower width than the long size product are defined.
  • the commodity storage shelf 10 is detachably laid with a passage regulating attachment 40 that lifts the plate surface (passage surface) of the commodity storage shelf 10.
  • the passage regulating attachment 40 extends from the product input port 44 of the product storage passage 43 to the product delivery device 5 disposed in the vicinity of the product delivery port 45 and is substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10.
  • the first stopper which is inclined in a manner approaching the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 toward the product exit 45 and which will be described later.
  • An inclined surface portion 402 serving as a standby position for a commercial product held by a stopper attachment 60 attached to the member 52 is provided.
  • FIG. 9 shows the attachment 40 for restricting the passage, (a) is a perspective view seen from the upper right side, (b) is a perspective view seen from the lower right side, and (c) is a side view.
  • the passage regulating attachment 40 is made of a thin steel plate including a product rolling surface portion 401 and an inclined surface portion 402 continuous with the product rolling surface portion 401.
  • a substantially L-shaped fitting portion 4011 surrounding the hanging portion 110 at the front end of the front side shelf member 10 ⁇ / b> F is formed at the front end of the product rolling surface portion 401.
  • the fitting portion 4011 is provided with an engaging portion 4011a that is bent upward in a manner that wraps the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F at the L-shaped free end.
  • restriction portions 4012 and 4012 perpendicular to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product rolling surface portion 401 are formed.
  • a contact piece 4013 protruding toward the back side is formed on the plate surface (passage surface) of the product rolling surface portion 401 by cutting and raising.
  • the contact pieces 4013 are provided in a distributed manner in the front, middle, and rear stages in a paired manner on the left and right.
  • the front and middle contact pieces 4013 are plate surfaces of the front shelf member 10F of the product storage shelf 10 and are formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F.
  • the rear contact piece 4013 is formed so as to contact the plate surface of the rear shelf member 10 ⁇ / b> R in the product storage shelf 10.
  • the lengths of the contact pieces 4013 define the dimensions for raising the plate surface (passage surface) of the commodity storage shelf 10.
  • a stopper piece 4014 that protrudes toward the back side is formed by cutting and raising the rear side of the plate surface (passage surface) of the product rolling surface portion 401.
  • This stopper piece 4014 is formed so as to be longer than the contact piece 4013 by cutting so as to straddle the right-side restricting portion 4012, and is formed on the plate surface of the rear side shelf member 10R constituting the product storage shelf 10. It fits into the slit.
  • the length of the slit in the front-rear direction is larger than the length of the stopper piece 4014 in the front-rear direction, and the stopper piece 4014 is formed to be movable in the front-rear direction with the stopper piece 4014 inserted into the slit. It is.
  • the attachment of the passage restriction attachment 40 to the product storage shelf 10 is provided at the front end of the product rolling surface portion 401 by placing the passage restriction attachment 40 above the product storage shelf 10 along the product storage passage 43.
  • the stopper piece 4014 is inserted into the slit formed in the rear side shelf member 10R so as to restrict the passage.
  • the attachment 40 is lowered.
  • the passage regulating attachment 40 When the passage regulating attachment 40 is lowered while the stopper piece 4014 is inserted into the slit formed in the rear shelf member 10R, a plurality of contact pieces 4013 provided in a distributed manner on the front, middle, and rear stages of the product rolling surface portion 401 are formed. It contacts the product storage shelf 10. In this state, the passage restricting attachment 40 is pushed in so that the fitting portion 4011 provided at the front end of the commodity rolling surface portion 401 is engaged with the hanging portion 110 provided at the front end of the front side shelf member 10F, whereby the passage restricting attachment 40 is provided. Installation on the product storage shelf 10 is completed.
  • the engaging portion 4011a provided in the fitting portion 4011 interferes (contacts) with the lower end of the hanging portion 110 provided at the front end of the front shelf member 10F in the middle of pushing the passage restriction attachment 40 as described above. It is configured as follows. For this reason, as described above, the engaging portion 4011a provided in the fitting portion 4011 in the middle of pushing the passage restricting attachment 40 interferes (contacts) with the hanging portion 110 provided at the front end of the front shelf member 10F. At this time, the fitting portion 4011 can be bent to get over the hanging portion 110, and when the hanging portion 110 is got over, the fitting portion 4011 is restored to its original state and interferes with the hanging portion 110. . Accordingly, the engagement portion 4011a provided in the fitting portion 4011 of the passage restriction attachment 40 in the state where the passage restriction attachment 40 is mounted on the commodity storage shelf 10 functions as a retaining member, and prevents the passage restriction attachment 40 from falling off. can do.
  • FIG. 10A is a perspective view of the state in which the posture control plate 47 is assembled to the holding member 476
  • FIG. 10B is an exploded view of FIG.
  • the attitude control plate 47 is formed by processing a single flat plate made of a thin steel plate, and has a contact portion 471, support portions 472, 473, and a stopper portion 474.
  • the abutting part 471 is a part that abuts the commodity falling through the commodity dropping passage 46, and has a substantially rectangular flat abutting surface, and a plurality of vent holes 471a are formed in the abutting surface.
  • the support portions 472 and 473 and the stopper portion 474 are formed so as to extend from the contact portion 471 and be divided into three forks.
  • the support portions 472 and 473 extend in a curved manner in such a manner that the free end side is spaced downward with respect to the plane of the contact portion 471, while the stopper portion 474 extends on the same plane as the plane of the contact portion 471. is doing.
  • the support portions 472 and 473 have a first shaft portion 472a and a second shaft portion 473a formed by rounding the free end side into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape).
  • a rod-shaped shaft member 475 is inserted through the first shaft portion 472a and the second shaft portion 473a, and a coil spring 470 through which the shaft member 475 is inserted is disposed between the support portions 472 and 473 divided into two portions.
  • a stopper piece 474a is formed by bending at a right angle from the plane of the stopper portion 474 (same as the plane of the contact portion 471).
  • the stopper piece 474a is positioned above the first shaft portion 472a and the second shaft portion 473a when the contact portion 471 of the attitude control plate 47 is in a horizontal state.
  • the holding member 476 for holding the attitude control plate 47 is formed by processing a strip-shaped (thin plate shape elongated in the left-right direction) flat plate made of a thin steel plate, and rounds one of the long side portions into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape).
  • Locking pieces 478a and 478a are formed at the left and right ends of the flat plate portion 478 by cutting with a size larger than the thickness of the rack side plate 41.
  • triangular shaped bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b protruding rearward by extrusion are formed on the left and right sides and the center portion of the flat plate portion 478, and the right side (left side in FIG.
  • bearing portion 478b and the center are formed.
  • An opening portion 478c is formed between the first and second bearing portions 478b, and a triangular locking portion 478d is formed obliquely right above the opening portion 478c as viewed from the front.
  • the triangular bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b hold the shaft member 475, and are provided with slits on both the left and right sides, and are pushed out to the rear side. It is formed as a triangular insertion hole with the plate surface as the bottom, and the shaft member 475 is inserted through this insertion hole.
  • the locking portion 478d locks one end of the coil spring 470, and the locking portion 478d is also formed by forming slits on the left and right sides to push out the plate surface of the flat plate portion 478 when viewed from the side. It is formed as a triangular locking hole that forms the bottom.
  • the opening 478c is formed in a size that allows the coil spring 470 to be disposed.
  • the coil spring 470 is disposed in the opening 478c of the holding member 476.
  • a biasing force is applied to the coil spring 470 in advance, and one end of the coil spring 470 is inserted into the locking portion 478d of the holding member 476 and locked, and the other end is brought into contact with the flat plate portion 478 of the holding member 476.
  • the first shaft portion 472a of the posture control plate 47 is positioned between the bearing portion 478b on the right side (left side in the case of FIG.
  • the second shaft portion 473a is positioned between the bearing portion 478b at the center of the holding member 476 and the bearing portion 478b on the left side (right side in the case of FIG. 10).
  • the center lines of the coil spring 470 and the first shaft portion 472a and the second shaft portion 473a of the attitude control plate 47 are positioned on the same line as the insertion holes of the bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b of the holding member 476.
  • the shaft member 475 is inserted from the outside of the bearing portion 478b on the right side (left side in the case of FIG.
  • the holding member 476 sequentially the first shaft portion 472a of the attitude control plate 47, the coil spring 470, and the attitude.
  • the control plate 47 is inserted through the second shaft portion 473a, the bearing portion 478b at the center of the holding member 476, and the bearing portion 478b at the left side of the holding member 476. Accordingly, the shaft member 475 is held by the bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b of the holding member 476, while the attitude control plate 47 is integrated with the holding member 476 via the shaft member 475.
  • the posture control plate 47 is given a biasing force by the coil spring 470 and receives a rotational force that rotates counterclockwise around the shaft member 475 when viewed from the right side.
  • the rotation of the posture control plate 47 is restricted by the stopper piece 474a of the posture control plate 47 coming into contact with the flat plate portion 478 of the holding member 476.
  • the posture control plate 47 is configured such that the contact portion 471 is in a posture substantially perpendicular to the flat plate portion 478 of the holding member 476.
  • the holding member 476 to which the attitude control plate 47 is attached has ten holding member mounting holes OP4 in the vertical direction formed at positions closer to the rear of the plate surface of the rear rack member 41R constituting the left and right rack side plates 41 (FIG. 3).
  • the reference numerals “478a” and “477” of FIG. FIG. 10 shows the holding member mounting hole OP4 in an enlarged manner.
  • the holding member mounting hole OP4 includes a round hole OP41 into which the end of the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 is inserted, and an engagement formed at both ends of the flat plate portion 478. It consists of a square hole OP42 into which the stop piece 478a is inserted.
  • the holding member 476 inserts the end of the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 into the round hole OP41 and simultaneously inserts the locking piece 478a of the holding member 476 into the square hole OP42, and then on the outside of the rear rack member 41R.
  • the protruding locking pieces 478a are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 by bending along the plate surface of the rear side rack member 41R.
  • attitude control plate 47 is automatically pushed to the protruding position protruding into the product dropping passage 46 after being pushed open by the product dropping the product dropping passage 46 by the urging force of the coil spring 470 and retracted from the product dropping passage 46.
  • a mech locking member 100 (see FIGS. 1 and 4) disposed above the product storage passage 43 defined in the uppermost product storage shelf 10 is connected to the product storage passage 10 in the uppermost product storage shelf 10. This is for attaching a product carry-out device 5 for cutting out the products stored in 43 one by one.
  • the rear side shelf member 10 ⁇ / b> R of the product storage shelf 10 is used as the mech locking member 100.
  • a regenerator material 900 is placed on the upper part of the mech locking member 100.
  • the product carry-out device 5 includes product carry-out devices 5A and 5B as shown in FIGS.
  • the product carry-out devices 5A and 5B of this embodiment correspond to the product columns CL and CR (see FIG. 5) set by the partition member 42 described above.
  • the commodity carry-out devices 5A and 5B detect the sold-out corresponding to the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B, the common motor drive unit (drive means) 70 for driving the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B, and the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B, respectively.
  • Two wiring guide members 90 and 90 each including a switch 91 (see FIGS. 21 and 22) are provided.
  • the delivery mechanisms 50A and 50B and the wiring guide members 90 and 90 containing the sold-out detection switch 91 in the product carry-out devices 5A and 5B have the same configuration.
  • the delivery mechanism 50A side is mainly used.
  • the parts “A” and “B” are omitted from the same parts, and the parts “A” and “B” are attached when they are distinguished from each other.
  • the payout mechanism 50 of the product carry-out device 5 is pivotally supported on the rotation shafts 57 and 57A (see FIG. 13 and the like) so as to be able to move in and out of the product storage passage 43 and sold products (sales products G1 in FIG. 30 described later or FIG. 31).
  • the product can be moved between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage 43 in a manner that holds the sales product g1) and a retreat position that retreats from the product storage passage 43 in a manner that releases the holding of the sales product G1 (g1).
  • the provided first stopper member 52 see FIG.
  • the second next sale product G2 (g2) (the sale product G2 in FIG. 30 to be described later or the sale product g2 in FIG. 32 to be described later) is held in a manner movably provided between the projecting positions projecting in the product storage passage 43.
  • a stopper member 53 (see FIG. 13, etc.), a rear link pin 55 (see FIG. 13, etc.) and a front link pin 56 (see FIG. 13, etc.) for moving the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 to the protruding position and the retracted position.
  • the payout mechanism 50 includes a mechanism holding member 51 for holding the rotating shaft 57, the rear link pin 55, and the front link pin 56, and a mechanism holding member 51A for holding the rotating shaft 57A.
  • the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are rotatably attached via the rotating shafts 57 and 57A held by the mechanism holding members 51 and 51A, and are held by the mechanism holding member 51.
  • a link mechanism 54 is attached so as to be movable in the front-rear direction via a rear link pin 55 and a front link pin 56.
  • the mechanism holding member 51 and the mechanism holding member 51A, and the rotation shaft 57 and the rotation shaft 57A have the same structure. Therefore, the mechanism holding member 51 and the rotation shaft 57 will be described below. The description of the member 51A and the rotation shaft 57A is omitted.
  • the mechanism holding member 51 has a box shape with an open bottom and front and back surfaces, and includes a ceiling wall 511 and left and right side walls 512 and 513.
  • a guide wall 514 is provided in such a manner that a concave groove is formed together with the left side wall 512 in a manner to form a concave groove.
  • the distal end side (free end side) of the guide wall 514 is formed as a mounting piece 5141 which is bent outward at a right angle to form a horizontal plane, and a screw hole 5141a is formed in the mounting piece 5141.
  • the right wall 513 is provided with a guide wall 515 in a manner that a concave groove is formed together with the right wall 513.
  • the front end side (free end side) of the guide wall 515 is formed as a mounting piece 5151 that is bent outward at a right angle to form a horizontal plane, and the mounting piece 5151 has a screw hole 5151a.
  • the left and right side walls 512 and 513 are provided with elongated holes 516 and 517 extending in the front-rear direction.
  • the elongated hole 517 is formed directly in the left and right side walls 512 and 513, whereas the elongated hole 516 is a synthetic resin bearing member 501 fitted into the windows 5121 and 5131 (see FIG. 15) formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513. , 502.
  • the long holes 516 and 517 support the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 supported by the link mechanism 54 related to the payout mechanism 50 of the commodity carry-out device 5 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction.
  • the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 are formed with support shaft holes 518 on the rear side of the elongated holes 516 and below the elongated holes 517.
  • Each support shaft hole 518 extends to the bottom wall of a concave groove formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515.
  • Each of the support shaft holes 518 supports a common rotating shaft 57 related to the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53. Note that the bearing members 501 and 502 are not provided on the mechanism holding member 51A.
  • the bearing member 501 includes a main body portion 5011 and a leg piece portion 5012, an elongated hole 516 is formed in the main body portion 5011, and a shaft insertion hole 501 a is formed in the leg piece portion 5012.
  • One side surface (right side surface in front view) of the main body portion 5011 in which the elongated hole 516 is formed matches the shape of the window 5121 drilled in the left side wall 512 of the mechanism unit holding member 51, and the left and right side walls 512 and 513
  • a hooking claw 501b having a fitting portion 5013 having a height corresponding to the plate thickness and facing downward is formed at the lower rear end of the fitting portion 5013.
  • a hooking claw 501c facing right is formed on the front edge of the main body 5011.
  • the bearing member 501 has a locking angle in which the hooking claw 501c is formed on the left wall 512 while the fitting portion 5013 is fitted to the window 5212 in such a manner that the hooking claw 501b is hooked on the window edge of the window 5121 of the left wall 512.
  • the shaft insertion hole 501a provided in the leg piece portion 5012 is positioned coaxially with the support shaft hole 518 formed in the left side wall 512, and the rotation shaft 57 is inserted into the shaft insertion hole 501a.
  • the bearing member 501 is configured to be prevented from falling off.
  • the bearing member 502 has a symmetrical configuration with the bearing member 501, and as shown in FIG. 15A, the fitting portion 5023, the shaft insertion hole 502a, the hooking claw 502b, and the hooking claw 502c. (The fitting portion 5023 and the hooking claw 502c are hidden behind the main body portion 5021 and cannot be seen in the figure, so the leader line is indicated by a dotted line).
  • This bearing member 502 is also locked and fixed to the right side wall 513 by the same operation as the bearing member 501.
  • the long holes 516 and 516 formed in the bearing members 501 and 502 are rear end portions in the front-rear direction (retracted positions of the rear link pins 55 that slide and move in the front-rear direction).
  • the load reducing portion 5161 moves the first stopper member 52 that rotates about the rotation shaft 57 inserted into the support shaft hole 518 while moving to the retracted position (rear end portion of the long hole 516) to the product storage passage 43.
  • the product load received by the rear link pin 55 held (locked) at the protruding position protruding in the direction is reduced by moving the product load in a direction away from the rotating shaft 57 inserted through the support shaft hole 518. And it is possible to reduce the force which cancels a locked state by reducing the product load which the rear link pin 55 receives.
  • an opening 519 is formed in the bottom wall of the concave groove formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 in the vicinity of the support shaft hole 518.
  • the opening 519 is configured such that a projection 525 of the first stopper member 52 shown in FIG.
  • the peripheral edges of the elongated hole 517 and the support shaft hole 518 provided in the mechanism portion holding member 51 are subjected to hemming processing or burring processing to reduce friction between the front link pin 56 and the rotating shaft 57.
  • the elongated holes 516 are formed in the synthetic resin bearing members 501 and 502.
  • the elongated holes 516 may be directly formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 similarly to the elongated holes 517. It is.
  • a pair of left and right openings 511 a and 511 a are formed on the rear end side of the ceiling wall 511 in the mechanism holding member 51, and a skylight 511 b is formed near the front of the ceiling wall 511.
  • the openings 511a and 511a constitute escape holes of a bearing portion 522 (see FIG. 16 described later) of the first stopper member 52 described later, and the skylight 511b biases the link mechanism 54 toward the retracted position. This is to avoid interference with the return spring 540.
  • a tongue piece 511c extending downward is formed at the rear edge of the skylight 511b, and a locking hole 511d extending from the ceiling wall 511 to the tongue piece 511c is provided.
  • the locking hole 511d is for locking one end of the return spring 540. Furthermore, ribs 5111 (five ribs in this embodiment) projecting downward are formed on the ceiling wall 511 in the front area of the skylight 511b so as to extend in the front-rear direction.
  • a guide hole 514a (see FIG. 15A) drilled in the guide wall 514 provided continuously with the left side wall 512, and a guide hole 515a (see FIG. 15A) drilled in the guide wall 515 provided with the right side wall 513.
  • FIG. 14B is used when the rotation shaft 57 is installed in the support hole 518 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513.
  • guide holes 514b and 514c (see FIG. 15A) drilled in the guide wall 514 provided continuously to the left side wall 512, and guide holes provided in the guide wall 515 provided to continue to the right side wall 513.
  • 515b and 515c are used when the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are installed in the long holes 516 and 517 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513, respectively.
  • the mechanism portion holding member 51 pivotally supports the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 by a rotation shaft 57 held in a support shaft hole 518 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515.
  • the pieces 5141 and 5151 are brought into contact with the back surfaces of the fixing portions 125 and 126 (the right-side fixing portions 125 and 126 in FIG. 7) formed as depressions near the rear side shelf member 10R, the depressions are formed.
  • Screws are screwed into the screw holes 5141a and 5151a provided in the mounting pieces 5141 and 5151 through the screw insertion holes 125a and 126a provided in the bottom surface of the part. It is directly attached to the commodity storage shelf 10 by the.
  • the mechanism portion holding member 51A pivots the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 by the rotation shaft 57A held in the support shaft holes 518 formed in the left and right side walls 512, 513 and the guide walls 514, 515.
  • Fixing portions 126 and 127 (supported on the right side in FIG. 7) are formed by attaching mounting pieces 5141 and 5151 extending outward from the guide walls 514 and 515 as recessed portions toward the rear of the rear shelf member 10R described above.
  • the first stopper member 52 constituting the payout mechanism 50 in the product carry-out device 5 includes a horizontally long holding portion 521 formed in a concave shape in the longitudinal section, and a holding portion from the base end side of the holding portion 521. It is made of a synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal) integrally formed with a bearing portion 520 having a pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 extending in the opposite direction to 521.
  • the bearing portion 520 including the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 is formed by being distributed to the left and right of the horizontally long holding portion 521.
  • the dimension between each pair of bearing parts 522 and 522 constituting the bearing part 520 is determined to be smaller than the dimension between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism part holding member 51 described above.
  • a deformed hole 523 and a shaft insertion hole 524 are formed in the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522.
  • the shaft insertion hole 524 is for inserting the rotation shaft 57 (57A) that is the rotation fulcrum of the first stopper member 52.
  • a torsion coil spring 570 (see FIG. 13) is wound around the rotation shaft 57, and the first stopper member 52 is always directed toward the protruding position into the product storage passage 43 by the elastic biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570. It is energized.
  • the deformed hole 523 slides the end portion of the rear link pin 55 supported by the link mechanism 54, allows the rear link pin 55 to slide in the front-rear direction, and cooperates with the rear link pin 55. 1 for restricting the operating range of the stopper member 52.
  • the deformed hole 523 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 slidably moved to the retracted position (the rear end position of the long hole 516 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51). Is provided with a lock groove portion 523a (see also FIG. 29 described later) for locking at a protruding position protruding in the product storage passage 43.
  • the first stopper member 52 includes protrusions 525 and 525 extending in the opposite direction to the holding portion 521 on the outer side of the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 in the left and right bearing portions 520, respectively.
  • the interval between the protrusions 525 and 525 is equal to the interval between the concave grooves formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 in the mechanism holding member 51 described above.
  • the protrusions 525 and 525 are the above-mentioned mechanism holding members when the first stopper member 52 is rotated so that the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 around the rotation shaft 57 and is opened to the maximum opening degree.
  • 51 is configured to enter openings 519 and 519 formed in the bottom wall of a concave groove formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515.
  • the first stopper member 52 is configured such that a stopper attachment 60 (see FIGS. 17 and 18) can be attached thereto.
  • the stopper attachment 60 moves the standby position of the sold product toward the product input port side in a state in which the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage in a manner to hold the sold product.
  • a pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211 are provided on the horizontally long holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 so as to be distributed to the left and right.
  • the pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211 are formed as holes that penetrate the holding portion 521.
  • the stopper attachment 60 has a main body portion 61 that increases the thickness of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52. And a pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 made of synthetic resin. Locking claws 611 and 611 are provided on both sides of the lower edge of the main body 61 so as to protrude to the back side.
  • the back surface of the main body portion 61 has a form that matches the shape of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52, and is configured such that the back surface of the main body portion 61 can be in close contact with the holding portion 521.
  • the pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 can pass through the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 with substantially the same spacing as the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 provided in the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52.
  • the semicircular outer peripheries of the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 are formed in contact with the inner walls of the mounting holes 5211, 5211 in a state of forming a semicircular shape and penetrating the pair of mounting holes 5211, 5211.
  • the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 have flexibility, and bend so as to approach each other when an external force in a direction from the outside toward the inside is applied to their free ends.
  • the arms 62 and 62 are formed with stoppers 621 and 621 that face outwardly in a manner in contact with the plate surface of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52, and have a predetermined interval from the stoppers 621 and 621.
  • Engagement portions 622 and 622 are formed to open and project outward from the semicircular outer peripheral edge.
  • the predetermined interval corresponds to the thickness of the portion of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 where the attachment holes 5211 and 5211 are formed.
  • the engaging portions 622 and 622 are the highest in the vicinity of the stoppers 621 and 621, and the height gradually decreases toward the tips (free ends) of the arms 62 and 62, and the tips of the arms 62 and 62 (free).
  • the end portion is inclined so as to coincide with the semicircular peripheral edges of the arms 62 and 62.
  • the stopper attachment 60 is attached to the first stopper member 52 with the back surface of the stopper attachment 60 facing the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 as shown in FIG.
  • the pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 of the stopper attachment 60 are inserted into the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52.
  • the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 are formed with engaging portions 622, 622 that protrude outward from the semicircular outer peripheral edge, but the engaging portions 622, 622 are the tips of the arms 62, 62.
  • the height gradually decreases toward the (free end) and is formed so as to coincide with the semicircular peripheral edges of the arms 62, 62 at the tip (free end) positions of the arms 62, 62, a pair of left and right
  • the arms 62 and 62 do not hinder the insertion of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 into the pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211.
  • the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 of the stopper attachment 60 are passed through the pair of mounting holes 5211, 5211 of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52, and the locking claws provided on both sides of the lower edge of the main body portion 61.
  • the 611 and 611 are engaged with each other in a manner of being submerged below the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52.
  • Engaging portions 622 and 622 provided on the arms 62 and 62 in the middle of passing the pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 of the stopper attachment 60 through the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52.
  • the arms 62 and 62 are bent so as to approach each other, and the arms 62 and 62 are restored to the original state when the engaging portions 622 and 622 get over the mounting holes 5211 and 5211.
  • the engaging portions 622 and 622 are hooked on the holding portion 521, and at the same time, the stoppers 621 and 621 are brought into close contact with the plate surface of the holding portion 521. Accordingly, as shown in FIGS. 18B and 18C, the stoppers 621 and 621 and the engaging portions 622 and 622 sandwich the holding portion 521, and the locking claws 611 and 611 are holding portions.
  • the stopper attachment 60 is attached in close contact with the first stopper member 52 by engaging with the lower edge of 521.
  • the stopper attachment 60 attached to the first stopper member 52 is removed by picking the free ends of the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 protruding to the back side of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 with a finger.
  • the arms 62, 62 are bent by applying an external force in a direction in which the arms 62, 62 approach each other, and the main body 61 is moved forward while the engagement portions 622, 622 are released from the holding portion 521, thereby holding the arms 62, 62. What is necessary is just to make it detach
  • the stopper attachment 60 can be detachably attached to the first stopper member 52.
  • the 2nd stopper member 53 which comprises the discharge mechanism 50 in the goods carrying-out apparatus 5 becomes a product made from a synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal), and as shown in FIG. 19, the shaft insertion holes 532 and 532 formed in the base end part side.
  • a pair of shaft support portions 531, 531, a product holding portion 533 formed on the distal end side, and a pair of stopper walls 534 formed on the body portion 530 between the base end portion and the distal end holding portion 533. 534 is integrally formed.
  • the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 and the pair of stopper walls 534 and 534 are formed so as to be distributed to the left and right.
  • Recessed sliding grooves 534a and 534a are formed in the pair of stopper walls 534 and 534, and stopper surfaces 534b and 534b are formed continuously to the sliding groove 534a.
  • the dimension between the pair of shaft support parts 531 and 531 is larger than the dimension between the pair of bearing parts 522 and 522 in which the shaft insertion holes 524 and 524 of the first stopper member 52 are provided. It is set smaller than the dimension between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the holding member 51.
  • the shaft insertion holes 532 and 532 formed in the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 are for inserting the rotation shaft 57 (57A).
  • the holding portion 533 is configured to abut the product and hold the product when the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43.
  • the concave sliding grooves 534a and 534a formed in the pair of stopper walls 534 and 534 are slidable by the front link pin 56 that slides in the front-rear direction.
  • the front link pin 56 slid and moved to the rear end position of the long hole 517 provided in the side walls 512 and 513 is received, and the second stopper member 53 is locked at the retracted position retracted from the product storage passage 43, and the front link pin
  • the second stopper member 53 is pushed out toward the product storage passage 43 when 56 is slid forward from the retracted position.
  • the stopper surfaces 534b and 534b connected to the sliding grooves 534a and 534a in the stopper walls 534 and 534 slide to the advance positions (front end positions of the long holes 517 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51).
  • the second stopper member 53 that contacts the moved front link pin 56 and protrudes into the product storage passage 43 is prevented from moving toward the retracted position, and the second stopper member 53 is locked at the protruding position. is there.
  • a stopper piece 535 is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 of the second stopper member 53 so as to protrude radially outward. This stopper piece 535 comes into contact with the back surface of the concave groove formed between the right side wall 513 and the guide wall 515 of the mechanism holding member 51 when the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43. And the protruding position of the second stopper member 53 is restricted.
  • the rotating shaft 57 (57A) that pivotally supports the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 is assembled to the mechanism portion holding member 51 (51A) by the pair of bearing portions 522 of the first stopper member 52.
  • the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 of the pair 522 and the second stopper member 53 are arranged at predetermined positions on the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the corresponding mechanism holding member 51 (51A).
  • the predetermined position means that the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 provided on the second stopper member 53 are positioned outside the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 provided on the first stopper member 52.
  • the shaft insertion holes 524 and 524 of the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 provided in the first stopper member 52 and the shaft insertion holes 532 and 532 of the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 provided in the second stopper member 53 are the mechanism. It points out that it is located in a straight line with the support hole 518 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 of the part holding member 51 (51A). As described above, the bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52 and the shaft support portions 531 and 531 of the second stopper member 53 are disposed at predetermined positions on the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism portion holding member 51 (51A).
  • the rotation shaft 57 (57A) is inserted into the guide hole 514a formed in the guide wall 514 from the outside of the guide wall 514 of the mechanism holding member 51 (51A), and the rotation shaft 57 (57A) is inserted into the left and right side walls 512.
  • the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are pivotally supported by the rotation shaft 57 (57A)
  • the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are pivotally supported by the pivot shaft 57 (57A).
  • the link mechanism 54 constituting the payout mechanism 50 in the product carry-out device 5 includes a steel plate link member 541 as shown in FIG.
  • the link member 541 is formed by bending a central portion in the front-rear direction of a strip-shaped steel plate into a substantially convex shape that serves as a central top surface 541a.
  • the central top surface 541a is formed as a flat portion, and has an engagement wall surface 541b bent at a right angle downward from the front edge of the central top surface 541a.
  • the central top surface 541 a is configured such that the engagement wall surface 541 b is positioned on the front side of the rear flange 84 across the rear flange 84 of the drive unit holding member 80 described later.
  • Support legs 5410 and 5410 extending upward from the left and right ends on the rear side of the link member 541 are formed, and support parts 542 and 542 each having a through hole through which the rear link pin 55 passes through the support legs 5410 and 5410, and Support portions 543 and 543 are formed which are located on the front side of the support portions 542 and 542 and which are through holes through which the front link pin 56 passes.
  • the support portions 542 and 542 support both ends of the rear link pin 55 and move the rear link pin 55 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the reciprocation of the link member 541 in the front-rear direction.
  • the support portions 543 and 543 support both ends of the front link pin 56 and move the front link pin 56 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the reciprocation of the link member 541 in the front-rear direction.
  • the front end of the link member 541 is formed as a fixing portion 541c for fixing the sliding member 545 guided by the guide member 546 that guides the reciprocating movement of the link member 541 in the front-rear direction.
  • the guide member 546 is provided with guide legs 5462 and 5462 extending upward from the left and right ends of the center part in the front-rear direction of the flat base 5460.
  • the guide member 546 has a screw hole 5461 in the base 5460, and is positioned on the back surface (lower surface) side of a drive unit holding member 80 for mounting a motor drive unit 70 to be described later, and drives the guide legs 5462 and 5462. After being inserted into a pair of left and right guide grooves 8e, 8e (see FIG.
  • the sliding member 545 is made of a synthetic resin and has insertion grooves 545a that are open on the left and right sides.
  • the insertion member 545a is integrated with the link member 541 by fitting the insertion groove 545a into the fixing portion 541c.
  • the locking hole 544 is provided in the rear edge of the center top surface 541a of the link member 541.
  • the locking hole 544 hooks and locks the other end of the return spring 540 that biases the link member 541 toward the retracted position.
  • the link member 541 is assembled to the mechanism holding member 51 together with the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56. That is, as described above, the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are disposed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51 and assembled by the rotating shaft 57, and then the rear of the link member 541.
  • the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are assembled in a state where the side support legs 5410 and 5410 are disposed between the two bearing portions 522 of the first stopper member 52.
  • the rear link pin 55 has a deformed hole 523 provided in a pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52 and a support portion (through hole) 542 provided in the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 in the link member 541.
  • a deformed hole 523 provided in a pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52 and a support portion (through hole) 542 provided in the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 in the link member 541.
  • the long holes 516 and 516 provided in the bearing members 501 and 502 attached to the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51. It is inserted from the outside of the drilled guide hole 514b (see FIG. 15) so as to straddle the elongated holes 516 and 516 provided in the bearing members 501 and 502 attached to the left and right side walls 512 and 513.
  • the rear link pin 55 is supported by the support portions (through holes) 542 and 542 of the link member 541 and is inserted into the deformed holes 523 and 523 provided in the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52. In this state, it is held across the long holes 516 and 516 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513.
  • the front link pin 56 is formed in a concave shape formed in a pair of stopper walls 534 and 534 of a support portion (through hole) 543 provided in the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 of the link member 541 and the second stopper member 53.
  • the sliding grooves 534a and 534a are formed in the guide wall 514 of the mechanism holding member 51 in a state of being aligned with the long holes 517 and 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51. It is inserted from the outside of the guide hole 514c (see FIG. 15) and mounted so as to straddle the long holes 517, 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512, 513. As a result, the front link pin 56 is supported by the support portions (through holes) 543 and 544 of the link member 541, and the concave sliding grooves 534 a provided in the left and right stopper walls 534 and 534 of the second stopper member 53. , 534a and is held across the elongated holes 517, 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512, 513.
  • one end of the return spring 540 is locked in the locking hole 511d (see FIG. 14) provided in the ceiling wall 511 of the mechanism unit holding member 51 in a state where the link member 541 is assembled to the mechanism unit holding member 51.
  • the other end of the return spring 540 is locked in a locking hole 544 provided in the central top surface 541 a of the link member 541.
  • the link member 541 is in a standby state and the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51 by the biasing force of the return spring 540, and the long holes 517 are provided. , 517 is retracted so as to be located at the rear end position.
  • the return spring 540 is located between the left and right stopper walls 534 and 534 of the second stopper member 53 when the second stopper member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43 to the retracted position. There will be no interference.
  • the central top surface 541a of the link member 541 assembled to the mechanism holding member 51 is configured to contact a rib 5111 that protrudes below the front area of the ceiling wall 511, and is brought into contact with the rib 5111. The frictional resistance is reduced.
  • the wiring guide member 90 containing the sold-out detection switch 91 provided corresponding to the payout mechanism 50 of the product carry-out device 5 is made of a synthetic resin having a concave cross section extending in the front-rear direction as shown in FIG. Thus, it consists of a thick groove portion 90 a that houses the sold-out detection switch 91 and a narrow groove portion 90 b that guides the wiring of the sold-out detection switch 91.
  • the thick groove portion 90a is formed to have a size that can be fitted into a concave groove formed between the left side wall 512 and the guide wall 514 and the right side wall 513 and the guide wall 515 of the mechanism portion holding member 51.
  • Semicircular cutouts 90a1 and 90a1 are formed on the bottom surface side to avoid interference with the rotation shaft 57, which is a common shaft for the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53. Further, the bottom surface portion of the thick groove portion 90 a is opened (opened) as a window 92, and the window 92 becomes a bottom wall of the concave groove of the mechanism portion holding member 51 when fitted into the concave groove of the mechanism portion holding member 51. It is comprised so that it may overlap with the opening part 519 formed in this.
  • the thick link 90a When the thick groove 90a is fitted into the concave groove and the wiring guide member 90 is assembled to the mechanism holding member 51, the thick link 90a is held by the link mechanism 54 (link member 541) and the front link pin 55 and the front It functions as a retainer for the partial link pin 56.
  • a drop-off preventing member 99 similar to the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90 is fitted into the other concave groove of the mechanism portion holding member 51 where the wiring guide member 90 is disposed. Thereby, the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 can employ headerless pins.
  • the sold-out detection switch 91 is a micro switch, and is inserted into the concave groove of the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90 and is fixedly locked. In this case, the sold-out detection switch 91 is locked and fixed to the thick groove portion 90 a so that the actuator 93 faces the window 92 on the bottom surface portion of the thick groove portion 90 a of the wiring guide member 90. As described above, the window 92 on the bottom surface of the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90 overlaps with the opening 519 formed in the bottom wall of the concave groove of the mechanism holding member 51, and the opening 519 includes the first portion.
  • a protrusion 525 of the stopper member 52 faces the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 mounted in the thick groove portion 90 a of the wiring guide member 90.
  • the first stopper member 52 is pivoted by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570.
  • the left end side of the four protrusions 525 of the first stopper member 52 that has entered the opening 92 and the window 92 when rotated to project to the product storage passage 43 around 57 and opened to the maximum opening degree.
  • the projection 525 is configured to be pressed.
  • the relationship between the first stopper member 52 and the sold-out detection switch 91 is shown in FIG. FIG.
  • the 22 shows a state in which the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 presses the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 when the first stopper member 52 is opened to the maximum opening.
  • the first stopper member 52 opens to the maximum opening degree by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570 when receiving no product load, and the sale product G comes into contact with the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 from this state.
  • the opening is configured to be rotated from the maximum opening to a direction in which the opening is reduced and locked by the rear link pin 55.
  • the first stopper member 52 is configured.
  • the control unit that processes the signal from the sold-out detection switch 91 performs a process of determining “sold out” when the ON signal from the sold-out detection switch 91 continues for a predetermined time.
  • two wiring guide members 90 incorporating the sold-out detection switch 91 are provided corresponding to the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B of the product carry-out device 5; One may be provided for each of the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B. As illustrated, if two each of the wiring guide members 90 containing the sold-out detection switch 91 are provided corresponding to the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B of the product carry-out device 5, one sold-out detection switch 91 is broken. In addition, the other sold-out detection switch 91 can detect sold-out.
  • the motor drive unit 70 mounted on the product carry-out device 5 has a motor 711 (see FIG. 23) built in the unit case 71 when the product carry-out device 5A is designated by a sales command based on the operation of the product selection button.
  • the link mechanism 54 (link member 541) of the payout mechanism 50A is moved forward via the link lever 717 by the forward rotation of the motor 711.
  • the motor 711 built in the unit case 71 is driven in reverse rotation, and the motor 711 rotates in reverse via the link lever 718.
  • the link mechanism 54 (link member 541) of the payout mechanism 50B is advanced.
  • a unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70 is composed of a base member and a cover member, and inside thereof, as shown in FIG. 23, a motor 711, a gear transmission mechanism 714, an output gear 715, a carrier switch 716, a link lever 717, 718 and the like are incorporated.
  • engagement holes 8a and 8a in which claw pieces (not shown) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 are formed in the front flange 83 of the drive unit holding member 80.
  • the fitting protrusion 71b and the locking protrusions 71c, 71c are formed in the plate surface of the drive unit holding member 80.
  • the drive unit holding member 80 is assembled by fitting it into 8b and the locking square holes 8c, 8c (see FIG. 24).
  • the motor 711 built in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70 is a DC motor that can rotate forward or reverse in accordance with a sales command, and is held on the base member of the unit case 71.
  • the gear transmission mechanism 714 includes a worm gear 712 and an intermediate gear 713 including a worm 712a and a worm wheel 712b.
  • a worm 712 a of the worm gear 712 is attached to the output shaft of the motor 711.
  • a first wheel that meshes with the worm 712a and a second wheel that meshes with the intermediate gear 713 are provided stepwise in the front-rear direction.
  • a first intermediate gear that meshes with the second wheel of the worm wheel 712b and a second intermediate gear that meshes with the output gear 715 are provided stepwise in the front-rear direction.
  • the worm gear 712 and the intermediate gear 713 are rotatably arranged by the base member of the unit case 71 and the bearing portion of the cover member.
  • the output gear 715 is formed as a wheel that meshes with the second intermediate gear of the intermediate gear 713, the cam projection 7151 is formed on one plate surface (upper surface), and the carrier switch 716 is controlled on the other plate surface (upper).
  • a pressing piece (not visible in FIG. 23) is formed.
  • the cam projection 7151 is formed in an arc shape so as to protrude in a direction away from the plate surface of the output gear 715.
  • the cam protrusion 7151 is formed so that the arc-shaped length is sufficient to hold the state for a predetermined time after the link member 541 of the link mechanism 54 is advanced.
  • the pressing piece for controlling the carrier switch 716 is formed in a substantially V shape in such a manner that the pressing piece is positioned on the plate surface opposite to the cam projection 7151 and protrudes in a direction away from the plate surface. In this state, the contact of the carrier switch 716 is pressed.
  • the output gear 715 is rotatably arranged by the base member of the unit case 71 and the bearing portion of the cover member.
  • the carrier switch 716 is a so-called push button switch and includes a contact (not shown).
  • the carrier switch 716 is disposed in a state slightly held above the output gear 715 while being held by the base member of the unit case 71.
  • the carrier switch 716 is turned on when the contact is pressed by the pressing piece of the output gear 715, and is turned off when the pressing piece of the output gear 715 is separated and the contact is not pressed. This is for controlling the motor 711 driven by the sales command so that the output gear 715 rotates once.
  • the link lever 717 is a resin molded product.
  • the link lever 717 is for driving the link mechanism 54 of the payout mechanism 50 in the commodity carry-out device 5.
  • the link lever 717 is rotatably supported by a lever shaft 710 provided on a cover member of the unit case 71 that passes through the base 717a.
  • the distal end portion 717b of the link lever 717 has a hook shape that is curved upward so as to protrude outward from an opening (not shown) formed by cutting out the base member and the cover member of the unit case 71.
  • the locking piece 717c provided on the base portion 717a of the link lever 717 is a plate-like elastic member that is elastically deformable and extends rearward from the rear side of the base portion 717a.
  • the locking piece 717c has its free end in contact with a protruding piece (not shown) provided on the cover member, so that the standby posture of the link lever 717 in the normal state is determined at the position shown in FIG.
  • the link lever 718 is composed of the same parts as the link lever 717, and is an inverted version of the link lever 717.
  • the link lever 718 is rotatably supported by a lever shaft 710 provided on the cover member of the unit case 71 that penetrates the base 718a.
  • a hook-shaped tip 718b and a locking piece 718c made of an elastically deformable plate-like elastic member are provided.
  • the driving unit holding member 80 for locking and fixing the motor driving unit 70 includes a left flange 81, a right flange 82, a front flange 83, and a rear flange extending toward the upper side on the periphery of the rectangular flat plate surface. It is made of a thin steel plate on which the flange 84 is formed.
  • the front flange 83 is integrally formed with a recess forming portion 85 having a descending step shape following the free end. A portion reaching the front flange 83 and the recess forming portion 85 is formed as an inverted U-shaped recess 800 opened downward.
  • the recess 800 is inserted with a pin P2 extending across the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, like the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 formed in front of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R.
  • the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 are slightly smaller than the above.
  • the drive unit holding member 80 has a holding piece 801 formed by cutting and raising the wall surface on the front side of the recess 800 so as to block a part of the opening opened downward of the recess 800 (see FIG. 13). Is provided.
  • the holding piece 801 is formed so as to allow the insertion of the pin P2 while closing a part of the opening opened downward of the recess 800.
  • engagement holes 8a and 8a for locking claw pieces (not shown) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70, the base in the unit case 71
  • a fitting projection 71b and a fitting hole 8b for locking and fixing the locking projections 71c and 71c (see FIG. 12), a locking square hole 8c and 8c, and the like.
  • the left flange 81 and the right flange 82 are formed with mounting pieces 811 and 821 which are bent in opposite directions to form horizontal planes, and screw holes 811a and 821a are formed in the mounting pieces 811 and 821, respectively. Yes.
  • the rear flange 84 is formed with two notches 84a and 84a on the left and right.
  • the four notches 84a are for avoiding interference with the four wiring guide members 90 described above.
  • An abutting wall 852 bent upward via a placement portion 851 is provided in front of the recess forming portion 85.
  • the abutting wall 852 faces the back surface of the hanging part 120 of the rear side shelf member 10R, and the upper end of the abutting wall 852 is a latch formed on the upper edge of the hanging part 120 of the rear side shelf member 10R.
  • An engagement claw 852a that engages with the hole 120a (see FIG. 6) is provided.
  • the wires of the motor 711, the carrier switch 716, and the sold-out detection switch 91 are routed to the mounting portion 851 so as to get over the recess forming portion 85 and connected to a coupler (not shown).
  • the coupler is fixed to the coupler mounting hole 121 provided in the hanging portion 120 of the rear side shelf member 10R.
  • the first holder 140 is pivotally supported by the drive unit holding member 80 so as to be swingable.
  • the first holder 140 is for positioning the rear side shelf member 10 ⁇ / b> R constituting the product storage shelf 10.
  • the drive unit holding member 80 is formed with a pair of mounting pieces 86 which are formed by cutting and raising the mounting unit 851 formed in front of the recess forming unit 85, Further, a square hole 8d is formed between the engagement holes 8a, 8a provided in the front flange 83. Insertion holes 86a and 86a are formed in the pair of attachment pieces 86, respectively.
  • the first holder 140 has a horizontally long belt-like body, and has pin pressing pieces 142 and 142 at both left and right ends above the front base 141, and the center of the front base 141.
  • An detachable plate portion 147 provided with two arm-shaped pin support pieces 143 and 143 protruding forward from the portion and having a locking projection 145 and a pair of operation pieces 146 and 146 formed at the center of the rear side base portion 144.
  • the pin support pieces 143 and 143 provided on the front side base portion 141 protrude outwardly from the tip (free end) of the pin support pieces 143 and 143 and are perforated in the pair of attachment pieces 86 provided on the driving unit holding member 80.
  • Rotating protrusions 143a and 143a that fit into the insertion holes 86a and 86a are formed.
  • the rotating protrusions 143a and 143a are drilled in the pair of mounting pieces 86 after the pin support pieces 143 and 143 are bent in an approaching manner.
  • the first holder 140 is swingably attached to the drive unit holding member 80 by being fitted into the insertion holes 86a and 86a.
  • a belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front side base portion 141 and the rear side base portion 144 is located in the front region of the drive unit holding member 80. It is configured to be stored in the provided recess 800.
  • the pin support pieces 143 and 143 are formed with semicircular pin support portions 143b and 143b.
  • the pin support portions 143b and 143b are formed so that the semicircular curvature is substantially the same as the shaft diameter of the pin P2 (pin for attaching the rear shelf member 10R) installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41,
  • the pin P2 is formed so as to be wrapped from below.
  • the pin pressing pieces 142, 142 provided on the front base 141 are substantially triangular projections in a side view so as to be engaged / disengaged with the pin P2 installed so as to straddle the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. Is formed.
  • the detachable plate portion 147 provided on the rear side base portion 144 is connected to the rear side base portion 144 via connecting pieces 147a and 147a provided on the left and right ends of the edge portion on the opposite side to the operation pieces 146 and 146, and the plate surface is rearward. It is separated from the plate surface of the side base portion 144.
  • the locking protrusion 145 formed on the detachable plate portion 147 is formed of a semicircular bulging body, and the driving member holding member 80 is formed of a belt-like body including the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 of the first holder 140.
  • the driving member holding member 80 When it is stored in the recess 800 provided in FIG. 4, it engages with the lower edge of the square hole 8d (see FIG. 24) provided in the front flange 83 of the drive unit holding member 80.
  • the operation pieces 146, 146 formed on the detachable plate portion 147 are below the plate surface of the driving portion holding member 80 in a state where the locking projection 145 is engaged with the lower edge of the square hole 8d provided in the driving portion holding member 80.
  • the first holder 140 is formed in such a manner that the first holder 140 stored in the recess 800 provided in the drive unit holding member 80 is separated from the recess 800 (see FIG. 12).
  • the separation distance from the plate surface of the rear base portion 144 of the plate surface in the detachable plate portion 147 is determined to be larger than the bulging dimension of the locking projection 145.
  • the drive part holding member 80 has engagement holes 8 a and 8 a formed on the front flange 83 of the drive part holding member 80 with claw pieces (not shown) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70. (See FIG. 24), the fitting protrusion 71b and the locking protrusions 71c and 71c (see FIG. 12) formed on the back surface of the base member in the unit case 71 are inserted into the fitting hole 8b of the drive unit holding member 80. And it is directly attached to the goods storage shelf 10 as follows in the state which assembled
  • the left and right wiring guide members 90 respectively assembled to the left and right mechanism holding members 51 and 51A directly attached to the product storage shelf 10 are provided on the rear flange 84 of the driving portion holding member 80.
  • the two left and right mechanism holding members 51 and 51A are positioned on the two notches 84a and 84a, and the left side mechanism holding member 51 (the right side mechanism holding member 51 in the product carry-out device 5B) is provided.
  • the tip end portion 717b of the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70 is positioned behind (on the rear side) the engagement wall surface 541b bent at a right angle downward from the front edge of the central top surface 541a of the assembled link member 541.
  • a coupler (not shown) in which the wirings of the motor 711, the carrier switch 716, and the sold-out detection switch 91 are combined is fixed to the coupler mounting hole 121 provided in the hanging portion 120 of the rear shelf member 10R, and then the driving unit holding member.
  • the mounting pieces 811 and 821 provided on the left and right flanges 81 and 82 of the 80 are brought into contact with the back surfaces of the fixing portions 124 and 128 formed as recessed portions in the rear side shelf member 10R constituting the commodity storage shelf 10
  • Screws are screwed into the screw holes 811a and 821a provided in the mounting pieces 811 and 821 through screw insertion holes 124a and 128a provided in the bottom surface of the recess.
  • the drive part holding member 80 which latched and fixed the motor drive unit 70 is directly attached to the back side shelf member 10R (product storage shelf 10).
  • the rear side shelf member 10R (product storage shelf 10) directly attached with the driving unit holding member 80 that locks and fixes the motor drive unit 70 is left and right as described in the description of the product storage shelf 10 described above.
  • the rear shelf member 10R fits the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 formed near the front of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 into the pins P2 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41.
  • the first holder 140 pivotally supported by the drive unit holding member 80 directly attached to the rear shelf member 10R is pulled out of the recess 800 as shown in FIG. Has been suspended.
  • the driving portion holding member 80 is provided with holding pieces 801 that closes a part of the opening opened downward in the recess 800, the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R are provided with the holding pieces 801.
  • the rear shelf member 10R is on the front side of the position where it is actually attached to the left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
  • the pin P2 is received in the recess 800 of the driving unit holding member 80.
  • the rear shelf member 10R is slid rearward, and the arc-shaped curl engaging portions 10R12, 10R12 formed at the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10R1, 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R are moved to the attitude control plate 47. Is fitted to the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
  • the belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 of the first holder 140 is stored in the recess 800 provided in the drive portion holding member 80. Swing (turn).
  • the belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 of the first holder 140 enters the recess 800 provided in the driving portion holding member 80, the latch formed on the detachable plate portion 147.
  • the protrusion 145 abuts against the wall defining the recess 800 to prevent entry, but the detachable plate portion 147 is connected to the rear side base portion 144 through the connecting pieces 147a and 147a and separated from the rear side base portion 144.
  • the operation pieces 146 and 146 are provided to bend so as to allow the head of the locking projection 145 to ride on the wall defining the recess 800 when further external force is applied to the first holder 140.
  • the closed end side approaches the rear side base portion 144.
  • the head of the locking projection 145 rides on the wall defining the recess 800 and slides, and when it reaches the square hole 8d provided in the front flange 83 of the drive unit holding member 80, the detachable plate portion 147 is restored to its original position.
  • the recess 800 Since it is restored to the state, the recess 800 is fitted in the square hole 8d, and a belt-like body made of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 in the first holder 140 is provided in the front region of the drive portion holding member 80.
  • the state stored in is maintained.
  • the front base 141 of the first holder 140 holds the pin P ⁇ b> 2 between the front wall of the recess 800.
  • the rear shelf member 10R does not slide in the front-rear direction, and is engaged with the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 and the pin P2 that are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 in a manner to hold the posture control plate 47. Stopped and locked in the positioned state.
  • the rear shelf member 10R is removed by unlocking the rear shelf member 10R by the first holder 140.
  • the rack side plates 41 and 41 can be removed.
  • the cover member 95 disposed on the back side of the front shelf member 10F is shown in FIG.
  • the cover member 95 made of sheet metal includes a rectangular flat plate main body 950 as shown in FIG.
  • a plurality (four in this example) of engagement pieces 95A are provided on the rear flange 952 standing up from the rear edge of the engagement portion 951.
  • These engagement pieces 95A are mounted on a mounting portion 122 (see FIG. 7) formed by bending the lower end of the drooping portion 120 at the front end of the rear shelf member 10R forward.
  • the width (dimension) in the left-right direction of the main body 950 is determined to be smaller than the distance between the locking grooves 10F14, 10F14 (see FIG. 7) in the left and right flanges 10F1, 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F.
  • a second holder 150 is pivotally supported on the cover member 95 in a swingable manner.
  • the second holder 150 includes pin pressing pieces 152, 152 at the left and right ends on the upper side of the rear base 151, projects forward from the center of the rear base 151, and has a tip ( A detachable plate provided with two arm-like pin support pieces 153 and 153 formed with rotating projections 153a and 153a at a free end, and a locking projection 155 and an operation piece 156 formed at the center of the front base 154 It is made of a synthetic resin provided with a portion 157.
  • the detachable plate portion 157 is connected to the front base portion 154 via connecting pieces 157 a and 157 a provided at the left and right ends of the edge on the opposite side to the operation pieces 146 and 146, and the plate surface is connected to the plate surface of the front base portion 154. Separated.
  • the locking protrusion 155 formed on the detachable plate portion 157 is formed of a semicircular bulge, and engages with the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101 when the second holder 150 is rotated forward. It is.
  • a finger hole 953 is formed at the center of the front area of the main body 950.
  • a convex window hole 954 that is slightly larger than the outline of the second holder 150 is formed in a substantially central region of the main body 950, and a pair of mounting pieces 955 and 955 facing each other along the window hole 954 are cut and raised. Is formed. Insertion holes 955a and 955a are formed in the pair of attachment pieces 955, respectively, and the rotation protrusions 153a and 153a of the pin support pieces 153 and 153 in the second holder 150 are fitted into these insertion holes 955a and 955a.
  • the second holder 150 is pivotally supported by the cover member 95 so as to be swingable.
  • a pair of hook pieces 956 on the left and right sides formed upward by cutting and raising are provided in an intermediate region between the finger hooking hole 953 and the window hole 954.
  • the hook piece 956 is formed such that the hook tip faces rearward.
  • the shelf locking member 101 shown in FIG. 27 is installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 to support the front side shelf member 10F, and the second holder 150 will be locked to the shelf locking member 101. It is configured.
  • the shelf locking member 101 is formed by appropriately bending a rectangular plate-shaped sheet metal, and provided at the front end, the front end is curled in a semicircular shape and opened downward and protruded left and right, and The left and right rack side plates 41, 41, 41 are inserted into the corresponding holes (not shown) provided in the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 by double-holding and protruding left and right engaging claws 101 b provided at the rear end. 41 is installed.
  • engagement holes 101c and 101c through which a pair of hook pieces 956 and 956 provided in the cover member 95 pass are formed.
  • the cover member 95 is as follows in a state where the product storage shelf 10 assembled by attaching the product delivery device 5 directly to the rear side shelf member 10 ⁇ / b> R constituting the product storage shelf 10 to the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. Assembled to. That is, the cover member 95 is picked in such a manner that an index finger (or middle finger) is put on a finger hole 953 provided in the main body 950 of the cover member 95 with the second holder 150 in a suspended state, and a thumb is put on the front edge of the main body 950.
  • hook pieces 956 and 956 formed upward by cutting and raising the main body 950 are inserted into the engagement holes 101c and 101c of the shelf locking member 101 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, respectively.
  • the engagement piece 95A provided at the rear end of the cover member 95 is placed on the placement portion 122 at the front end of the rear shelf member 10R, the cover member 95 is slid rearward to move the hook pieces 956, 956.
  • the cover member 95 is temporarily fixed to the shelf locking member 101 and the rear side shelf member 10R.
  • the second holder 150 suspended from the cover member 95 is swung (turned) forward.
  • the positional relationship between the second holder 150 pivotally supported by the cover member 95 and the shelf locking member 101 is formed on the removable plate portion 157 of the second holder 150 when the second holder 150 is rotated as described above.
  • the latching protrusion 155 is set to abut against the rear edge of the shelf latching member 101 to prevent the second holder 150 from rotating. Therefore, after the locking projection 155 formed on the removable plate portion 157 of the second holder 150 comes into contact with the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101, when the second holder 150 is further rotated, the removable plate portion 157 is bent.
  • the locking protrusion 155 gets over the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101.
  • the cover member 95 is assembled in a state in which the cover member 95 is prevented from falling off by the second holder 150.
  • the cover member 95 can be removed by a procedure reverse to the assembling procedure described above.
  • FIGS. 29 to 31 show the main part of the product carry-out device 5
  • FIG. 29 is an operation explanatory diagram before product loading
  • FIG. 30 is an operation explanatory diagram in a sales standby state
  • FIG. 31 is an operation explanatory diagram at the time of sales.
  • the stopper attachment 60 is not attached to the first stopper member 52.
  • the first stopper member 52 of the payout mechanism 50 projects into the product storage passage 43 by the urging force of the torsion coil spring 570 (see FIG. 13) before the product is loaded, and the second stopper The member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43.
  • the cam projection 7151 of the output gear 715 of the motor drive unit 70 is located in the foremost position (see FIG. 23A).
  • the carrier switch 716 pressing piece provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 is located in the foremost position, and the carrier switch 716 is in the ON state.
  • the motor 711 is stopped, and the tip end portion 717b of the link lever 717 is at a position spaced rearward from the engagement wall surface 541b of the link member 541.
  • the link member 541 is in a state of being retracted by the urging force of the return spring 540.
  • the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570 and has a maximum opening (for example, the angle with the second stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 is approximately 90 degrees). Is in the open protruding position.
  • the operating range of the first stopper member 52 is restricted by the cooperation with the rear link pin 55 inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52, and the first stopper member 52 has the maximum opening degree.
  • the locking groove 523a of the modified hole 523 has a gap with the rear link pin 55 in a state where the opening is not maximized.
  • the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 faces the window 92 on the bottom surface of the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90, and the mechanism portion holding member 51 Through the opening 519 formed in the bottom wall of the concave groove, the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 attached to the thick groove 90a of the wiring guide member 90 is pressed, and the sold-out detection switch 91 is in the ON state.
  • the second stopper member 53 is maintained in the retracted position where the front link pin 56 moved to the retracted position is received in the concave sliding groove 534 a formed in the stopper wall 534 and retracted from the product storage passage 43. Yes.
  • the product G loaded first comes into contact with the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 which is opened to the maximum opening and in the protruding position.
  • the first stopper member 52 rotates toward the retracted position.
  • the locking groove 523 a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 moved to the retracted position, and the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43.
  • the product G locked at the position and held by the first stopper member 52 becomes the product with the highest sales order (sales product G1) (see FIG. 30).
  • the product storage passage is configured such that the first stopper member 52 is opened from the maximum opening to an opening smaller than the maximum opening (for example, the angle with the second stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 is approximately 95 degrees).
  • the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 releases the press of the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91, so that the sold-out detection switch 91 is turned off.
  • the next loaded product is stacked on the sales product G1 held by the first stopper member 52 to become the next sales product G2, and the subsequently loaded products are sequentially stacked on the next sales product G2. .
  • this vending machine has a control unit that controls the entire system.
  • This main control unit includes a ROM that stores various execution programs, a RAM that stores various data, and various inputs.
  • the CPU includes a CPU that executes various execution programs in response to signals, and the cooling / heating unit 7 is driven and controlled according to a zone cooling or zone heating, overall cooling, or overall heating program.
  • the rear link pin 55 supported by the link member 541 also moves forward along the long hole 516 provided in the mechanism holding member 51 to lock the groove portion of the deformed hole 523 of the first stopper member 52. Since it is separated from 523a, the first stopper member 52 locked at the protruding position by the rear link pin 55 is unlocked. Accordingly, the first stopper member 52 moves toward the retracted position against the urging force of the torsion coil spring 570 due to the load of the product (see FIG. 31). Due to the movement of the first stopper member 52 to the retracted position, the sales commodity G1 passes through the first stopper member 52 and is carried out rearward. When the sales commodity G1 passes through the first stopper member 52, the first stopper member 52 automatically returns to the protruding position by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570.
  • the second stopper member 53 that is held in the retracted position by receiving the front link pin 56 held by the link member 541 in the sales standby state in the concave slide groove 534a is moved forward together with the link member 541.
  • the pin 56 is pushed out toward the protruding position by being in sliding contact with the wall surface of the sliding groove 534a (see FIG. 31).
  • the front link pin 56 advances to a position facing the stopper surface 534b of the stopper wall 534 in the second stopper member 53, so that the movement of the second stopper member 53 to the retracted position is restricted by contacting the stopper surface 534b. Is done.
  • the second stopper member 53 moves toward the protruding position, the second stopper member 53 comes into contact with the sales product G1 and pushes out the sales product. And the 2nd stopper member 53 which moved to the protrusion position contact
  • the next sale product G2 held by the second stopper member 53 moves rearward and comes into contact with the first stopper member 52 opened to the maximum opening degree. Thereafter, the locking groove portion 523a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 moved to the retracted position, and the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43. And the next sale product G2 is held as a sale product.
  • the cam projection 7151 returns to the standby position by the rotation of the output gear 715, the contact of the carrier switch 716 is pressed by the pressing piece, and the carrier switch 716 is turned on. As a result, the drive of the motor 711 is stopped and the sales standby state is restored.
  • the cam projection 7151 and the base 717a of the link lever 717 are released from contact with each other, and then the cam projection 7151 of the output gear 715 returns to the standby position.
  • the cam projection 7151 contacts the base portion 718a of the link lever 718.
  • the locking piece 718c made of an elastic member is elastically deformed to allow the link lever 718 to rotate clockwise, so that the cam projection 7151 moves. Return to the return position without being blocked.
  • the link lever 718 returns to the illustrated standby position by the action of the locking piece 718c.
  • FIG. 32 the stopper attachment 60 is attached to the first stopper member 52 of the product carry-out device 5, and the passage regulating attachment 40 is attached to the product storage shelf 10.
  • the product g sales product g1, next sale product g2
  • the first stopper member 52 is opened to the maximum opening ( In the state shown in FIG. 29, the sold-out detection switch 91 is turned on.
  • the first loaded product g (sales product g1) contacts the stopper attachment 60 attached to the first stopper member 52 that is opened to the maximum opening and in the protruding position.
  • the first stopper member 52 rotates toward the retracted position.
  • the lock groove portion 523 a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 moved to the retracted position, and the first stopper member 52.
  • the product storage passage is configured such that the first stopper member 52 is opened from the maximum opening to an opening smaller than the maximum opening (for example, the angle with the second stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 is approximately 95 degrees).
  • the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 releases the press of the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91, so that the sold-out detection switch 91 is turned off.
  • next loaded product g (next sale product g2) is stacked on the sale product g1 held by the first stopper member 52 to become the next sale product g2, and the subsequently loaded product g is the next sale.
  • the products are sequentially stacked on the product g2.
  • the product carry-out device 5 operates in accordance with a sales command based on the operation of the product selection switch.
  • the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 by the operation of the product carry-out device 5 to hold the next sale product g2, and then the first stopper member 52 retreats from the product storage passage 43 and pays out the sale product g1 ( FIG. 33). Since the operation of the product carry-out device 5 is the same as the operation of selling the product G having a large diameter and a long size, a duplicate description is omitted here.
  • the detection of the sold-out of the product stored in the product storage passage 43 is performed by detecting the product load applied to the first stopper member 52 protruding into the product storage passage 43 in a manner of holding the sales product G (g) in the product delivery device 5.
  • the first stopper member 52 is configured to detect the sold-out of the product by the behavior of opening to the maximum opening when there is no product stored in the product storage passage 43, so the product load is relatively heavy In the case of a large-diameter long-sized product G, it is possible to detect sold-out stably by the above-described behavior of the first stopper member 52. However, in the case of a small-diameter and short-sized product g having a small product load, the sale of the product proceeds.
  • the product storage shelf 10 is inclined with respect to the product input port 44 so that the product outlet 45 is lowered, and the inclination angle of the product storage shelf 10 is reduced. Since there is a tendency to increase the number of stages of the product storage shelves 10, there is a risk that the sales opportunity will be missed due to “sold out” despite the presence of the sales product g1.
  • the passage regulating attachment 40 extends from the product input port 44 of the product storage passage 43 to the product delivery device 5 disposed in the vicinity of the product delivery port 45 and the product storage shelf 10.
  • a product rolling surface portion 401 that is substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) and the product rolling surface portion 401 are inclined in a manner that approaches the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 toward the product exit 45.
  • the inclined surface portion 402 serving as a standby position for the sold product g1 held by the stopper attachment 60 attached to the first stopper member 52 is provided, the product g1 stored in the product storage passage 43 remains.
  • the last one product g1 is located on the inclined surface portion 402 having a larger inclination angle than the inclination angle of the product rolling surface portion 401. None the same effect as if the inclination angle was greater goods accommodating shelf 10, the first stopper member 52 can be suppressed the behavior that opens the maximum opening degree. Therefore, even in the case of detecting the sold-out of the product based on the behavior that the first stopper member 52 opens to the maximum opening, the last one product with a small diameter and a short size is sold without missing the sales opportunity. It is something that can be done.
  • the product storage shelves 10 that are disposed so as to be inclined with respect to the product input port 44 so that the product exit 45 is lowered are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction. And a plurality of product storage passages 43 in the product storage shelf 10 that are arranged in a line in the front-rear direction and stored in the product storage shelf 10 in the left-right direction.
  • a product storage rack 4 is provided for cutting out and transporting the products stored in the product storage passage 43 one by one by the product discharge device 5 arranged in the vicinity of the carry-out port 45, and the product discharge device can freely move in and out of the product storage passage 43.
  • the product storage passage in a manner of releasing the protruding position protruding into the product storage passage 43 and the holding of the sales product in a manner of holding the product with the highest sales order (the last product, also referred to as the sale product) 4
  • the first stopper member 52 provided so as to be movable between the retracted position and the retracted position for retreating from the product.
  • a second stopper member 53 movably provided between a projecting position projecting into the product storage passage 43 in a manner to hold (a product following the last product, also referred to as a next sale product), the first stopper It has a link mechanism 54 that moves the member 52 and the second stopper member 53 to a protruding position and a retracted position, and a drive means (motor drive unit 70) that drives the link mechanism 54.
  • the product for sale is held in the product storage passage 43 and the second stopper member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43, and the drive means (mode By driving the drive unit 70), the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 through the link mechanism 54 to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member 52 is retracted from the product storage passage 43.
  • the first stopper member 52 of the merchandise unloading device 5 protrudes into the merchandise storage passage 43 in a manner that the first stopper member 52 holds the sale merchandise.
  • the stopper attachment 60 that brings the stand-by position of the sold product toward the product inlet 44 side is detachably attached, so that if the stopper attachment 60 is attached to the first stopper member 52, the product has a relatively small diameter.
  • the standby position of the sold product can be brought closer to the product input port 44 side, and the second slot protruding into the product storage passage 43 at the time of product sales.
  • the first stopper member 52 is retracted from the product storage passage 43 to ensure that only the sale product (a product having a relatively small diameter) is provided.
  • the second stopper member 53 that protrudes into the product storage passage 43 at the time of product sale corresponds to the next sale product and the sale product.
  • the first stopper member 52 can be withdrawn from the product storage passage 43 and only the sold product (large-diameter product) can be reliably carried out after entering between the two and separating the two. There is an effect that it is possible to stably carry out a plurality of different types of products.
  • the drive device that drives the link mechanism 54 is the motor drive unit 70, but a solenoid can be used instead of the motor drive unit 70. It is not limited to the configuration of the form.
  • SYMBOLS 4 ... Product storage rack, 5 (5A, 5B) ... Product delivery apparatus, 10 ... Product storage shelf, 10F ... Front side shelf member, 10R ... Back side shelf member, 40 ... Attachment for passage control, 41 ... Rack side plate, 42 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS ... Partition member, 43 ... Merchandise storage passage, 44 ... Merchandise entry port, 45 ... Merchandise delivery port, 51 ... Mechanism part holding member, 52 ... 1st stopper member, 53 ... 2nd stopper member, 54 ... Link mechanism, 55 ... Rear link pin, 56 ... front link pin, 57 ... rotating shaft, 60 ... attachment for stopper, 70 ... motor drive unit (drive device), 80 ... drive holding member, 541 ... link member.

Abstract

In order to vend a plurality of types of products of different diameters via a single product column, this automatic vending machine is provided with a product-accommodating rack (4) having multiple vertical levels of product-accommodating shelves that define a product-accommodating passage disposed at a slant to make product conveyance outlets lower, the product-accommodating passage accommodating the products in alignment in the front-back direction, and the product-accommodating rack (4) being provided with a product-conveyance device (5) having a first stopper member (52) and a second stopper member (53) that convey products while protruding into and withdrawing from the product-accommodating passage at the top of the product-accommodating passage, wherein a stopper attachment (60) is mounted to the first stopper member (52) so that when a vended product is held by the first stopper member (52), the stopper attachment (60) brings the standby position of the vended product closer to a product-insertion port (44) while protruding into the product-accommodating passage (43).

Description

自動販売機vending machine
 この発明は、複数の商品を横倒し姿勢で前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を左右方向に複数画成してなる商品収納棚が上下方向に多段に配設された商品収納ラックを備え、商品収納棚の後端側に配設された商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ搬出するようにした自動販売機に関する。 The present invention relates to a product storage rack in which product storage shelves, in which a plurality of product storage passages for storing a plurality of products in a horizontal position and arranged in a line in the front-rear direction, are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction. And a vending machine that carries out the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by a product discharge device disposed on the rear end side of the product storage shelf.
 この種の自動販売機は、本体キャビネットの庫内に複数の商品を横倒し姿勢で前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路(商品コラムともいう)を備えた商品収納棚が上下方向に複数段配設された商品収納ラックを備えている。前記商品収納ラックに配設された商品収納棚は、商品収納通路の商品搬出口が低くなるように所定の勾配をもって傾斜して構築されている。商品収納棚には前後方向に延在して商品収納棚の上面を幅方向(左右方向)に区分して商品収納通路を画成する仕切部材が設置され、この仕切部材により区画形成されたそれぞれの商品収納通路の商品搬出口には当該商品収納通路に横倒し姿勢で収容された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品搬出装置が設けられている。(例えば、特許文献1)。 In this type of vending machine, a product storage shelf with a product storage passage (also referred to as a product column) that stores a plurality of products in a horizontal position in a line in the front-rear direction is stored vertically in the cabinet of the main body cabinet. A product storage rack is provided in a plurality of stages. The product storage shelves arranged in the product storage rack are constructed with a predetermined gradient so that the product outlet of the product storage passage is lowered. The product storage shelf is provided with partition members that extend in the front-rear direction and divide the upper surface of the product storage shelf in the width direction (left-right direction) to define a product storage passage, and each partition member is partitioned by this partition member A product carry-out device for cutting out and carrying out products one by one lying down in the product storage passage one by one is provided at the product carry-out port of the product storage passage. (For example, patent document 1).
 前記特許文献1に開示された商品搬出装置は商品収納通路の上方に配設され、商品収納通路に出没自在であって販売順位一番の商品(最後端の商品であり、販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けた第1ストッパ部材、商品収納通路に出没自在であって商品収納通路から退避する退避位置と販売商品に続く販売順位二番の商品(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けた第2ストッパ部材、前記第1ストッパ部材および第2ストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させるリンク機構、このリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段(ソレノイド、モータ)を有し、販売待機時に第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路に突出して販売商品を保持し、第2ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避した状態にあり、販売指令に基づいて前記駆動手段を駆動することによりリンク機構を介して第2ストッパ部材を商品収納通路に突出させて次販売商品を保持したうえで第1ストッパ部材を商品収納通路から退避させて販売商品を払い出すように構成されている。かかる構成のスラントラックは、商品収納棚の傾斜角度を小さくするほど商品収納棚の段数を増やして上下左右に多数の商品コラムを画成することができるので、商品の多様化に伴う多種の商品を販売可能(多セレクション化)とする要求に適している。 The product carry-out device disclosed in Patent Document 1 is disposed above the product storage passage, and can be moved up and down in the product storage passage, and is the first product in the sales order (the last product, also referred to as sales product). A first stopper member movably provided between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a manner that holds the product and a retreat position that retreats from the product storage passage in a manner that releases the holding of the sold product. In the merchandise storage passage in a manner that allows the product to move in and out and to retreat from the merchandise storage passage and hold the second-ranked product following the sales product (the product following the last product, also referred to as the next sale product) A second stopper member movably provided between the projecting positions to project, a link mechanism for moving the first stopper member and the second stopper member to a projecting position and a retracted position, and a drive for driving the link mechanism Means (solenoid, motor), the first stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the product for sale during standby and the second stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage. By driving the drive means, the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage through the link mechanism to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is withdrawn from the product storage passage to pay out the sale product. It is configured as follows. With this configuration, the slant truck can increase the number of product storage shelves by reducing the inclination angle of the product storage shelves, thereby defining a large number of product columns on the top, bottom, left, and right. It is suitable for demands that can be sold (multi-selection).
 ところで、商品収納通路の上方に商品搬出装置は、第1ストッパ部材および第2ストッパ部材を商品収納通路の上方から商品収納通路に交互に突出させて販売商品および次販売商品を保持するように構成されるとともに第1ストッパ部材を後方側に傾斜する態様で設けることにより商品収納通路の商品搬出口近傍まで商品が収納されるように構成されている。そして、比較的径の大きな大径の商品であれば商品販売時にストッパ部材が次販売商品と販売商品との間に進入する態様で商品収納通路に突出して両者を切り分けたうえで第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避して販売商品のみを確実に搬出することができる。その一方、商品の径が小さくなると第1ストッパ部材が後方側に傾斜していることも相俟って、商品収納通路に収納された商品の全体が商品搬出口寄りに移動するので、商品の径によっては商品収納通路に突出した第2ストッパ部材が次販売商品と次販売商品に続く販売順位三番の商品との間に進入して次販売商品と次販売商品に続く販売順位三番の商品と切り分けることとなり、商品販売時に販売商品と次販売商品の2本が搬出される誤動作を生じ、正常な販売が困難となる。このため、商品収納棚の板面(通路面)を上昇させる態様の通路規制用アタッチメントを商品収納棚に敷設することにより径の小さい商品も安定して搬出することができるように構成したものが知られている(例えば、特許文献2)。 By the way, the product carry-out device above the product storage passage is configured to hold the sales product and the next sale product by alternately projecting the first stopper member and the second stopper member from above the product storage passage to the product storage passage. In addition, the first stopper member is provided so as to be inclined rearward so that the product is stored up to the vicinity of the product exit of the product storage passage. If the product has a relatively large diameter and a large diameter, the stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage in such a manner that the stopper member enters between the next sale product and the sale product when the product is sold, and then the first stopper member is separated. However, it is possible to evacuate the merchandise storage passage and securely carry out only the merchandise for sale. On the other hand, when the diameter of the product is reduced, the first stopper member is inclined rearward, and the entire product stored in the product storage passage moves closer to the product delivery port. Depending on the diameter, the second stopper member protruding into the product storage passage enters between the next sale product and the third sale product following the next sale product, and the next sale product and the third sale product following the next sale product. The product is separated from the product, and a malfunction occurs in which two of the sale product and the next sale product are taken out at the time of sale, and normal sale becomes difficult. For this reason, what was comprised so that a product with a small diameter could be carried out stably by laying the attachment for passage regulation of the mode which raises the board surface (passage surface) of a product storage shelf on a product storage shelf. Known (for example, Patent Document 2).
特開2012-118902号公報JP 2012-118902 A 特許第5742397号公報(図14、図15)Japanese Patent No. 574297 (FIGS. 14 and 15)
 かかる特許文献2に開示された発明によれば、商品収納棚に通路規制用アタッチメントを装着すれば大径商品より径の小さい商品を販売することが可能となり、商品収納棚から通路規制用アタッチメントを取り外せば大径商品を販売することが可能となるので、一つの商品コラムで径の異なる商品を販売することができる点で優れている。しかしながら、ただ単に通路規制用アタッチメントにより商品収納棚の板面(通路面)を上昇させた場合にも、商品の径によっては商品収納通路に突出した第2ストッパ部材が次販売商品と次販売商品に続く販売順位三番の商品との間に進入し、商品販売時に販売商品と次販売商品の2本が搬出される誤動作を生じることは禁じ得ない。このため、商品収納棚に通路規制用アタッチメントをただ単に敷設しても販売可能な商品の種類の増大に限界があるという課題を有する。 According to the invention disclosed in Patent Document 2, it is possible to sell a product having a diameter smaller than that of a large-diameter product by attaching the passage-restricting attachment to the product storage shelf. If it is removed, it is possible to sell large-diameter products, which is excellent in that products with different diameters can be sold in one product column. However, even if the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf is simply raised by the attachment for restricting the passage, the second stopper member protruding into the product storage passage may be the next sale product and the next sale product depending on the diameter of the product. It is unavoidable that the product enters the third sales item following the item and causes a malfunction in which two of the sale product and the next sale product are taken out at the time of sale. For this reason, there is a problem that there is a limit to the increase in the types of products that can be sold even if the attachment for passage restriction is simply laid on the product storage shelf.
 また、前記商品搬出装置における販売商品を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出した第1ストッパ部材に掛かる商品荷重に基づく第1ストッパ部材の挙動により商品の売り切れを検出するように構成されている場合、大径でロングサイズの商品であれば飲料を収容する容積が大きくて商品荷重が比較的重いことから第1ストッパ部材の挙動により安定した売り切れの検出が可能となるが、径の小さい商品(ショートサイズの商品ともいう)にあっては飲料を収容する容積が小さくて商品荷重が比較的軽いことから第1ストッパ部材を挙動させることができなくなり、販売商品が存在するにもかかわらず「売り切れ」と誤検出して販売機会を逸失してしまうという課題を有する。 In addition, in the aspect in which the sale item is held in the sale item delivery device, the sale of the sale item is detected by the behavior of the first stopper member based on the sale load applied to the first stopper member protruding into the sale item storage passage. If the product has a large diameter and a long size, the volume of the beverage is large and the product load is relatively heavy. Therefore, it is possible to detect sold-out stably by the behavior of the first stopper member. (Also referred to as “commodity product”), the volume of the beverage is small and the product load is relatively light, so the first stopper member can no longer behave. There is a problem that a sales opportunity is lost due to false detection.
 本発明は上記の点に鑑みなされたものであり、その目的は前記課題を解決し、一つの商品コラムにより径の異なる複数種類の商品を販売することが可能な自動販売機を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object thereof is to provide a vending machine capable of solving the above-described problems and selling a plurality of types of products having different diameters using a single product column. is there.
 上記目的を達成するために請求項1にかかる発明は、商品投入口に対して商品搬出口が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚おける商品搬出口の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラックを備え、前記商品搬出装置が、商品収納通路に出没自在であって販売順位一番の商品(最後端の商品であり、販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けた第1ストッパ部材、商品収納通路に出没自在であって商品収納通路から退避する退避位置と販売商品に続く販売順位二番の商品(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けた第2ストッパ部材、前記第1ストッパ部材および第2ストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させるリンク機構、このリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段を有し、販売待機時に第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路に突出して販売商品を保持し、第2ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避した状態にあり、販売指令に基づいて前記駆動手段を駆動することによりリンク機構を介して第2ストッパ部材を商品収納通路に突出させて次販売商品を保持したうえで第1ストッパ部材を商品収納通路から退避させて販売商品を払い出すように構成された自動販売機において、前記商品搬出装置の第1ストッパ部材に、当該第1ストッパ部材が販売商品を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出した状態で販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口側に寄せるストッパ用アタッチメントを着脱自在に取り付けたことを特徴とする。 In order to achieve the above object, the invention according to claim 1 has product storage shelves arranged in an inclined manner so that the product outlet is lowered with respect to the product input port in multiple stages in the vertical direction. Product delivery that is arranged in the vicinity of the product exit in the product storage shelf, with multiple product storage passages defined in the left and right direction by partition members that store products lying in a line in the front-rear direction on the storage shelf A product storage rack that cuts out and transports the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by the device, and the product discharge device is freely movable in and out of the product storage passage and is the first product in the sales order (the last product) The first position is provided so as to be movable between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a mode of holding the sales product) and a retreat position that is retracted from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the sales product Stopper A mode in which a product that can be moved in and out of the product storage passage and retracted from the product storage passage and a product in the second sales order following the sales product (the product following the last product and also referred to as the next sales product) A second stopper member movably provided between the protruding position protruding in the product storage passage, a link mechanism for moving the first stopper member and the second stopper member to the protruding position and the retracted position, and the link mechanism Drive means for driving, wherein the first stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the product for sale during standby and the second stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage, and is driven based on a sales command. By driving the means, the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage via the link mechanism to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage. In the vending machine configured to pay out the sale merchandise, the first stopper member of the merchandise carry-out device is sold in a state where the first stopper member holds the sale merchandise and protrudes into the merchandise storage passage. A stopper attachment for bringing the standby position of the product toward the product inlet is detachably attached.
 また、請求項2に係る発明は、請求項1に記載の自動販売機において、商品収納棚に着脱自在に敷設され、商品収納棚の板面(通路面)を上昇させる態様の通路規制用アタッチメントを備え、前記通路規制用アタッチメントは、商品収納通路の商品投入口から商品搬出装置に至るとともに商品収納棚の板面(通路面)と略平行な商品転動面部と当該商品転動面部に連なるとともに商品搬出口に向かうにしたがって商品収納棚の板面(通路面)に接近する態様で傾斜し、かつ、第1ストッパ部材に装着されたストッパ用アタッチメントにより保持された販売商品の待機位置となる傾斜面部とからなることを特徴とする。 Further, the invention according to claim 2 is the vending machine according to claim 1, wherein the attachment for passage restriction is detachably laid on the product storage shelf and raises the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf. The passage restriction attachment extends from the product input port of the product storage passage to the product carry-out device, and is connected to the product rolling surface portion substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf and the product rolling surface portion. At the same time, as it goes to the product exit, it is inclined so as to approach the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf, and becomes a standby position for the sales product held by the stopper attachment attached to the first stopper member. It consists of an inclined surface part.
 本発明の請求項1に係る自動販売機によれば、商品投入口に対して商品搬出口が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚おける商品搬出口の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラックを備え、前記商品搬出装置が、商品収納通路に出没自在であって販売順位一番の商品(最後端の商品であり、販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けた第1ストッパ部材、商品収納通路に出没自在であって商品収納通路から退避する退避位置と販売商品に続く販売順位二番の商品(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けた第2ストッパ部材、前記第1ストッパ部材および第2ストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させるリンク機構、このリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段を有し、販売待機時に第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路に突出して販売商品を保持し、第2ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避した状態にあり、販売指令に基づいて前記駆動手段を駆動することによりリンク機構を介して第2ストッパ部材を商品収納通路に突出させて次販売商品を保持したうえで第1ストッパ部材を商品収納通路から退避させて販売商品を払い出すように構成された自動販売機において、前記商品搬出装置の第1ストッパ部材に、当該第1ストッパ部材が販売商品を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出した状態で販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口側に寄せるストッパ用アタッチメントを着脱自在に取り付けたことにより、第1ストッパ部材にストッパ用アタッチメントを装着すれば小径でショートサイズの商品であっても販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口側に寄せることができ、商品販売時に商品収納通路に突出する第2ストッパ部材が次販売商品と販売商品との間に進入して両者を切り分けたうえで第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避して販売商品(比較的径の小さな商品)のみを確実に搬出することが可能となり、第1ストッパ部材からストッパ用アタッチメント取り外せば大径でロングサイズの商品に対応して商品販売時に商品収納通路に突出する第2ストッパ部材が次販売商品と販売商品との間に進入して両者を切り分けたうえで第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避して販売商品(大径商品)のみを確実に搬出することが可能となり、一つの商品コラムで径の異なる複数種類の商品を安定して搬出することができるという効果を奏する。 The vending machine according to claim 1 of the present invention has product storage shelves arranged in an inclined manner so that the product outlet is lowered with respect to the product input port in multiple stages in the vertical direction. Product delivery that is arranged in the vicinity of the product exit in the product storage shelf, with multiple product storage passages defined in the left and right direction by partition members that store products lying in a line in the front-rear direction on the storage shelf A product storage rack that cuts out and transports the products stored in the product storage passage one by one by the device, and the product discharge device is freely movable in and out of the product storage passage and is the first product in the sales order (the last product) The first position is provided so as to be movable between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a mode of holding the sales product) and a retreat position that is retracted from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the sales product. Stopper member, quotient Products that can move in and out of the storage passage and retain the retreat position that retracts from the product storage passage and the second highest sales item following the sales product (the product that follows the last product, also called the next sales product) A second stopper member that is movable between a protruding position protruding in the storage passage, a link mechanism that moves the first stopper member and the second stopper member to a protruding position and a retracted position, and driving the link mechanism The first stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the product for sale, and the second stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage when waiting for sale. By driving, the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage via the link mechanism to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage. In the vending machine configured to pay out the merchandise for sale, the first stopper member of the merchandise unloading device projects the merchandise in a state where the first stopper member protrudes into the merchandise storage passage in a manner to hold the merchandise for sale. Attaching the stopper attachment that brings the standby position closer to the product entry port is detachable, so that if the stopper attachment is attached to the first stopper member, the standby position of the sold product can be introduced even if it is a short-sized product with a small diameter. The second stopper member that can be brought close to the mouth side and protrudes into the product storage passage at the time of product sale enters between the next sale product and the sale product and separates both, and then the first stopper member is removed from the product storage passage. It is possible to evacuate and reliably carry out only sold products (products having a relatively small diameter), and the stopper attachment can be removed from the first stopper member. If the second stopper member that protrudes into the product storage passage at the time of product sale enters between the next sale product and the sale product and separates both, the first stopper member It is possible to evacuate from the product storage passage and reliably carry out only sold products (large-diameter products), and it is possible to stably carry out multiple types of products with different diameters using a single product column. Play.
図1は、本発明が対象とする自動販売機の概略部側面図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of a vending machine targeted by the present invention. 図2は、図1の自動販売機から外扉を外した状態の右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the vending machine shown in FIG. 1 as viewed from the upper right side with the outer door removed. 図3は、図1の商品収納ラックおよびガイド部材を右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the product storage rack and the guide member of FIG. 図4は、商品収納ラックの分解図である。FIG. 4 is an exploded view of the commodity storage rack. 図5は、商品搬出装置が直付けされた商品収納棚を示し、(a)は右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。5A and 5B show a product storage shelf to which a product carry-out device is directly attached. FIG. 5A is a perspective view seen from the upper right and FIG. 5B is a rear perspective view of FIG. 図6は、図5の商品収納棚の分解図である。6 is an exploded view of the product storage shelf of FIG. 図7は、図5の商品収納棚を背面側右斜め下方から見た状態を示し、(a)はその分解図、(b)は(a)の組立図である。FIGS. 7A and 7B show a state in which the product storage shelf of FIG. 5 is viewed from diagonally below and to the right on the back side. FIG. 7A is an exploded view and FIG. 図8は、仕切部材を示し、(a)は上面斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。8A and 8B show a partition member, where FIG. 8A is a top perspective view and FIG. 8B is a rear perspective view of FIG. 図9は、通路規制用アタッチメントを示し、(a)は上面斜視図、(b)は背面斜視図、(c)は側面図である。FIGS. 9A and 9B show a passage regulating attachment, where FIG. 9A is a top perspective view, FIG. 9B is a rear perspective view, and FIG. 9C is a side view. 図10は、姿勢制御板を示し、(a)は後方側右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)の分解斜視図である。10A and 10B show a posture control plate, in which FIG. 10A is a perspective view seen from diagonally upward on the rear side, and FIG. 10B is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 図11は、図6の商品搬出装置を右斜め上方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 11 is a perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG. 図12は、図11の商品搬出装置を背面から見た斜視図である。FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG. 11 as viewed from the back. 図13は、図11の商品搬出装置の分解斜視図である。FIG. 13 is an exploded perspective view of the commodity carry-out device of FIG. 図14は、商品搬出装置の機構部保持部材を示し、(a)は右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)を背面から見た斜視図である。FIG. 14: shows the mechanism part holding member of a goods carrying-out apparatus, (a) is the perspective view seen from diagonally upward right, (b) is the perspective view which looked at (a) from the back. 図15は、機構部保持部材を示し、(a)は機構部保持部材から軸受部材を分解した分解図、(b)は軸受部材の側面図である。FIG. 15 shows the mechanism holding member, (a) is an exploded view of the bearing member from the mechanism holding member, and (b) is a side view of the bearing member. 図16は、第1ストッパ部材を示し、(a)はその正面斜視図、(b)は背面斜視図である。16A and 16B show the first stopper member, where FIG. 16A is a front perspective view and FIG. 16B is a rear perspective view. 図17は、ストッパ用アタッチメントを示し、(a)はその正面斜視図、(b)は背面斜視図である。FIGS. 17A and 17B show stopper attachments, in which FIG. 17A is a front perspective view and FIG. 17B is a rear perspective view. 図18は、ストッパ用アタッチメントの第1ストッパ部材への組み付けを示し、(a)はストッパ用アタッチメントを第1ストッパ部材に組み付ける前の状態の斜視図、(b)および(c)はストッパ用アタッチメントを第1ストッパ部材に組み付けた状態の正面斜視図および背面斜視図である。18A and 18B show the attachment of the stopper attachment to the first stopper member. FIG. 18A is a perspective view of the state before the attachment of the stopper is attached to the first stopper member. FIGS. 18B and 18C are the attachment of the stopper. They are the front perspective view and the back perspective view of the state which assembled | attached to the 1st stopper member. 図19は、第2ストッパ部材を示し、(a)はその上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)を背面から見た斜視図である。FIG. 19 shows the second stopper member, where (a) is a perspective view seen from above, and (b) is a perspective view seen from the back. 図20は、リンク機構を示し、(a)はリンク部材とガイド部材との連携状態を示す斜視図、(b)は(a)の連繋を解除した状態の斜視図である。20A and 20B show a link mechanism, in which FIG. 20A is a perspective view showing a linked state of the link member and the guide member, and FIG. 図21は、配線ガイド部材を示し、(a)はその上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)を背面から見た斜視図、(c)は(a)の側面断面図である。FIG. 21 shows a wiring guide member, (a) is a perspective view as viewed from above, (b) is a perspective view when (a) is viewed from the back, and (c) is a side sectional view of (a). . 図22は、売切検出スイッチと第1ストッパ部材との関係を示す斜視図である。FIG. 22 is a perspective view showing the relationship between the sold-out detection switch and the first stopper member. 図23は、モータ駆動ユニットの要部構成と動作を示し、(a)は販売待機時の要部平面図、(b)は販売時の要部平面図である。23A and 23B show the configuration and operation of the main part of the motor drive unit, where FIG. 23A is a plan view of the main part at the time of sale standby, and FIG. 23B is a plan view of the main part at the time of sale. 図24は、駆動部保持部材から第1ホルダーを分解した示す斜視図である。FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing the first holder disassembled from the driving unit holding member. 図25は、第1ホルダーを示し、(a)は正面側斜め下方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。25A and 25B show the first holder, in which FIG. 25A is a perspective view seen obliquely from the front side, and FIG. 25B is a rear perspective view of FIG. 図26は、第1ホルダーにより後方側棚部材を位置決めする状態を示し、(a)は第1ホルダーを解除した状態の側面図、(b)は第1ホルダーにより後方側棚部材を位置決めした状態の側面図である。FIG. 26 shows a state in which the rear shelf member is positioned by the first holder, (a) is a side view of the state in which the first holder is released, and (b) is a state in which the rear shelf member is positioned by the first holder. FIG. 図27は、カバー部材から第2ホルダーを分解した状態を棚係止部材とともに示す上面斜視図である。FIG. 27 is a top perspective view showing a state in which the second holder is disassembled from the cover member together with the shelf locking member. 図28は、第2ホルダーを示し、(a)は正面側斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図である。28A and 28B show the second holder, in which FIG. 28A is a perspective view seen obliquely from the front side, and FIG. 28B is a rear perspective view of FIG. 図29は、商品搬出装置における払出機構の要部の商品ローディング前の動作説明図である。FIG. 29 is an operation explanatory diagram of the main part of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out apparatus before product loading. 図30は、商品搬出装置における払出機構の販売待機状態の動作を示す動作説明図である。FIG. 30 is an operation explanatory diagram showing the operation of the dispensing mechanism in the merchandise carry-out device in the sales standby state. 図31は、商品搬出装置における払出機構の販売時の動作説明図である。FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram of an operation at the time of sale of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out device. 図32は、ショートサイズの商品を販売する際の商品搬出装置における払出機構の販売待機状態の動作を示す動作説明図である。FIG. 32 is an operation explanatory diagram illustrating an operation in a standby state of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out device when selling a short-sized product. 図33は、ショートサイズの商品を販売する際の商品搬出装置における払出機構の販売時の動作説明図である。FIG. 33 is an operation explanatory diagram at the time of sale of the payout mechanism in the product carry-out device when selling a short-sized product.
 以下、本発明の実施の形態に係る自動販売機の商品搬出装置を図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。図1は本発明が対象とする自動販売機の一例である缶入り飲料、ペットボトル入り飲料を販売する自動販売機の概略側面図、図2は図1の自動販売機から外扉を外した状態の右斜め上方から俯瞰した斜視図である。なお、左右とは、自動販売機の前面から見た場合の左右を指すものである。 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, a vending machine product carry-out device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail based on the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of a vending machine that sells canned beverages and plastic bottled beverages, which is an example of a vending machine targeted by the present invention, and FIG. 2 is an outside door removed from the vending machine of FIG. It is the perspective view which looked down from the diagonally upper right of the state. Left and right refer to the left and right when viewed from the front of the vending machine.
 図1に示すように、この自動販売機は、前面が開放した断熱筐体として形成された本体キャビネット1と、本体キャビネット1の前面開口を閉塞する態様で本体キャビネット1の前面に開閉可能に支持された外扉2とを備え、この外扉2には商品取出口2aが設けられている。本体キャビネット1は鋼板製の外箱の内側、すなわち、上壁1a,左右側壁1b,背壁1cおよび底壁1dにウレタンフォームからなる断熱パネルを配設して断熱筐体として構築され、上壁1a,左右側壁1b,背壁1cおよび底壁1dに配設された断熱パネルで囲まれた空間が商品収納庫として形成され、商品収納庫の下部が機械室8として形成されている。前記本体キャビネット1の断熱パネルで囲まれた商品収納庫内は、断熱仕切壁12,12(図2参照)により左右方向に3つの商品収納室13,14,15に区画されている。前記各商品収納室13,14,15には、上下方向に多段に配設された商品収納棚10を有する商品収納ラック4がそれぞれ収納設置されている。前記本体キャビネット1における商品収納庫の前面はヒンジ機構により本体キャビネット1に開閉可能に支持された断熱内扉3によって閉塞され、この断熱内扉3には商品収納庫内から送出される商品によって押し開かれる搬出口フラッパ3bを有する商品搬出口3aが設けられている。前記搬出口フラッパ3bは上端を軸支されて垂下するとともに自重により商品搬出口3aを閉塞して冷気若しくは暖気の流出を防止しており、商品搬出シュート6を介して搬出される商品により押し開かれ、当該商品を外扉2の商品取出口2aに送出するように形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, this vending machine is supported in a manner that it can be opened and closed on the front surface of the main body cabinet 1 in a manner that closes the front opening of the main body cabinet 1 and the main body cabinet 1 formed as a heat-insulating housing whose front surface is open. The outer door 2 is provided with a product outlet 2a. The main body cabinet 1 is constructed as a heat insulating casing by disposing a heat insulating panel made of urethane foam on the inner side of the outer box made of steel plate, that is, the upper wall 1a, the left and right side walls 1b, the back wall 1c and the bottom wall 1d. A space surrounded by heat insulating panels disposed on 1a, the left and right side walls 1b, the back wall 1c, and the bottom wall 1d is formed as a product storage, and the lower part of the product storage is formed as a machine room 8. The inside of the product storage box surrounded by the heat insulating panels of the main body cabinet 1 is partitioned into three product storage rooms 13, 14, 15 in the left-right direction by heat insulating partition walls 12, 12 (see FIG. 2). In each of the product storage chambers 13, 14, and 15, a product storage rack 4 having product storage shelves 10 arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction is stored and installed. The front surface of the product storage in the main body cabinet 1 is closed by a heat insulating inner door 3 supported by the main body cabinet 1 so as to be openable and closable by a hinge mechanism, and the heat insulating inner door 3 is pushed by a product sent from the product storage case. A merchandise carry-out port 3a having a carry-out flapper 3b to be opened is provided. The unloading flapper 3b is supported by the upper end and hangs down, and closes the unloading port 3a by its own weight to prevent the outflow of cold air or warm air. In other words, the product is formed so as to be delivered to the product outlet 2 a of the outer door 2.
 前記商品収納ラック4は、矩形平板状の薄板鋼板製になる左右一対のラック側板41,41を備えており、この左右一対のラック側板41に商品収納棚10が架設される。商品収納棚10は、商品投入口44となる前方側が高く、商品搬出口45となる後方側が低くなるように所定の勾配をもって傾斜する態様で左右のラック側板41,41に上下多段(この実施の形態では10段)に架設されている。最上段の商品収納棚10の上方にはメック係止部材100が左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設されている。前記左右のラック側板41,41の上端は、商品収納庫の天井面に敷設された左右一対のガイド金具16,16(図3参照)に係合・離脱可能に構成され、この左右のラック側板41,41を商品収納庫の天井に敷設されたガイド金具16,16に係合させることにより、商品収納ラック4が商品収納庫に収設されるものである。 The product storage rack 4 includes a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 made of a rectangular flat plate-shaped thin steel plate, and the product storage shelf 10 is installed on the pair of left and right rack side plates 41. The product storage shelf 10 is vertically multi-staged on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 in such a manner that the product storage shelf 10 is inclined with a predetermined slope so that the front side serving as the product input port 44 is high and the rear side serving as the product exit 45 is low. In the form, it is constructed in 10 steps). A mech locking member 100 is installed on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 above the uppermost product storage shelf 10. The upper ends of the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are configured to be engageable and disengageable with a pair of left and right guide fittings 16, 16 (see FIG. 3) laid on the ceiling surface of the commodity storage. By engaging 41 and 41 with guide metal fittings 16 and 16 laid on the ceiling of the product storage, the product storage rack 4 is stored in the product storage.
 前記商品収納棚10には、後述する図5に示した仕切部材42が複数装着されている。これらの仕切部材42は、複数の商品を横倒し姿勢で前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路43(商品コラム)を画成するものである。前記商品収納棚10に画成された各商品収納通路43における商品搬出口45の近傍であって各商品収納通路43の上部、この実施の形態においては上段側の商品収納棚10の下面側に当該商品収納通路43に収容された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品搬出装置5が商品収納棚10の背面に直付けされている。また、商品収納棚10には、必要に応じて商品搬出装置5と商品収納通路43の通路面との間の間隔を調整するアタッチメント(不図示)が敷設される。なお、最上段の商品収納通路43に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出す商品搬出装置5を取付けるために、最上段の商品収納通路43の上方にメック係止部材100が左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設されている。また、商品収納棚10には、必要に応じて商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)を上昇させる態様の通路規制用アタッチメント40(図5等参照)が装着される。 The product storage shelf 10 is provided with a plurality of partition members 42 shown in FIG. These partition members 42 define a product storage passage 43 (product column) that stores a plurality of products in a line-down posture in a line in the front-rear direction. In the vicinity of the product outlet 45 in each product storage passage 43 defined in the product storage shelf 10 and above each product storage passage 43, in this embodiment, on the lower surface side of the upper product storage shelf 10. A product carry-out device 5 for cutting out and carrying out the products stored in the product storage passage 43 one by one is directly attached to the back of the product storage shelf 10. In addition, an attachment (not shown) that adjusts the interval between the product carry-out device 5 and the passage surface of the product storage passage 43 is laid on the product storage shelf 10 as necessary. In order to attach the product carry-out device 5 that cuts out the products stored in the uppermost product storage passage 43 one by one, the mech locking member 100 is provided above the uppermost product storage passage 43 with a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 is erected. The commodity storage shelf 10 is mounted with a passage regulating attachment 40 (see FIG. 5 and the like) that raises the plate surface (passage surface) of the commodity storage shelf 10 as necessary.
 そして、メック係止部材100の後端上方位置に庫内上部ファンF2が配備されている。メック係止部材100の後端上方域は、メック係止部材100が前方側に対して後方側が低くなるように所定の勾配をもって傾斜して配されることによりデッドスペースとなる部位であり、このデッドスペースを利用して庫内上部ファンF2が配備されている。庫内上部ファンF2は、上部ダクト部材70bを介して上昇した庫内空気を下方に向けて送風するものであり、左右一対のラック側板41,41に架設されている。 And the upper fan F2 in the warehouse is arranged at a position above the rear end of the mech locking member 100. The upper region of the rear end of the mech locking member 100 is a portion that becomes a dead space by being arranged with a predetermined gradient so that the rear side is lower than the front side. An internal upper fan F2 is provided using a dead space. The in-compartment upper fan F2 blows the in-compartment air that has risen through the upper duct member 70b downward, and is installed on a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
 前記各商品収納ラック4に上下多段に配設された商品収納棚10の後端(商品搬出口45)は同一の鉛直線上に位置しており、前記商品搬出口45と上部ダクト部材70bとの間が商品の落下する商品落下通路46として形成されている。前記商品落下通路46には、各商品収納棚10の後端部に近接した位置に回動中心を有して前記商品落下通路46に突出する突出位置と、落下する商品により押し開かれて商品落下通路46から退避する退避位置との間を回動する姿勢制御板47が配備されている。この姿勢制御板47は、コイルばね470(図10参照)により商品落下通路46に向けて突出するように付勢されており、商品落下通路46を落下する商品により押し開かれて商品落下通路46から退避する際、当該商品の姿勢を横倒し姿勢に矯正するとともに当該商品の落下エネルギーを吸収してその落下速度を低減させる機能を有している。前記姿勢制御板47は、左右一対のラック側板41,41架設して配設される。また、左右一対のラック側板41,41の前端下部には、ラック固定金具49(図4参照)が固着されている。このラック固定金具49は、商品収納ラック4を商品収納庫に収設した後に本体キャビネット1の前面開口に横架される本体側ラック固定金具(不図示)にねじ止めされ、この本体側ラック固定金具と協働して商品収納ラック4の揺れ止めを果たすものである。 The rear ends (product outlets 45) of the product storage shelves 10 arranged in multiple upper and lower stages in each of the product storage racks 4 are located on the same vertical line, and the product outlet 45 and the upper duct member 70b are connected to each other. A space is formed as a commodity drop passage 46 through which the commodity falls. The product drop passage 46 has a rotation center at a position close to the rear end of each product storage shelf 10 and a projecting position that protrudes into the product drop passage 46 and a product pushed and opened by the falling product. An attitude control plate 47 that rotates between the retreat position for retreating from the drop passage 46 is provided. The attitude control plate 47 is urged by a coil spring 470 (see FIG. 10) so as to protrude toward the product drop passage 46, and is pushed open by the product falling through the product drop passage 46 so that the product drop passage 46 is opened. When evacuating from the product, the product has a function of laying down the posture of the product to correct the posture and absorbing the falling energy of the product to reduce the dropping speed. The attitude control plate 47 is installed in a pair of left and right rack side plates 41 and 41. A rack fixing bracket 49 (see FIG. 4) is fixed to the lower part of the front end of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41. The rack fixing bracket 49 is screwed to a main body side rack fixing bracket (not shown) that is horizontally mounted on the front opening of the main body cabinet 1 after the commodity storage rack 4 is placed in the commodity storage, and this main body side rack fixing portion is fixed. The product storage rack 4 is prevented from shaking in cooperation with the metal fittings.
 商品収納ラック4の下部には、商品落下通路46の下方域と断熱内扉3に設けた商品搬出口3aとを連繋する態様で前下がりの姿勢に傾斜して配されるとともにその板面に複数の通気孔が穿孔された商品搬出シュート6と、商品収納ラック4に収納した商品を冷却若しくは加熱してコールド若しくはホット状態に保存する冷却/加熱ユニット7が配設され、商品収納庫内に商品収納ラック4と商品搬出シュート6と冷却/加熱ユニット7とが上下の順に配備されている。 In the lower part of the product storage rack 4, the product storage rack 4 is arranged in an inclined manner in a forward-downward manner in such a manner that the lower region of the product drop passage 46 and the product outlet 3 a provided in the heat insulating inner door 3 are connected to each other on the plate surface. A product carry-out chute 6 having a plurality of ventilation holes and a cooling / heating unit 7 for cooling or heating the product stored in the product storage rack 4 and storing it in a cold or hot state are disposed in the product storage. The product storage rack 4, the product carry-out chute 6, and the cooling / heating unit 7 are arranged in order of top and bottom.
 前記冷却/加熱ユニット7は、前下がりの姿勢に傾斜して配された商品搬出シュート6の背後の空間に配設されている。冷却/加熱ユニット7は、蒸発器7aとヒータ7bと庫内下部ファンF1とを備え、これらの蒸発器7aとヒータ7bと庫内下部ファンF1とが、前方側からヒータ7b,庫内下部ファンF1,蒸発器7aの順に前後方向に並置されてなる。前記庫内下部ファンF1は、ファン駆動用モータを電圧制御、PWM制御することにより回転数を可変可能なものである。前記蒸発器7a,庫内下部ファンF1,ヒータ7bは、それぞれを囲繞して保護する風洞内に配されており、ヒータ7bの風洞に連ねてスペーサー用の風洞400が設けられている。前記蒸発器7a,庫内下部ファンF1,ヒータ7bにおけるそれぞれの風洞と風洞400は全体としてトンネル状に連続したものであり、以下では風洞400を蒸発器7a,庫内下部ファンF1,ヒータ7bにおけるそれぞれの風洞を代表するもの、すなわち、冷却/加熱ユニット7の風洞400と称するものとする。そして、この冷却/加熱ユニット7の風洞400に連ねて下部ダクト部材70aが設けられている。この下部ダクト部材70aは、商品収納庫背面(本体キャビネット1の背壁1c)に沿って配設され、この下部ダクト部材70aに連通して上部ダクト部材70bが配設される。 The cooling / heating unit 7 is disposed in a space behind the product carry-out chute 6 that is inclined in a forward-downward posture. The cooling / heating unit 7 includes an evaporator 7a, a heater 7b, and an interior lower fan F1, and these evaporator 7a, heater 7b, and interior lower fan F1 are connected to the heater 7b and the interior lower fan from the front side. F1 and evaporator 7a are juxtaposed in the front-rear direction. The internal lower fan F1 can change the rotation speed by voltage control and PWM control of a fan driving motor. The evaporator 7a, the internal lower fan F1, and the heater 7b are arranged in a wind tunnel that surrounds and protects the evaporator 7a, and a wind tunnel 400 for spacers is provided continuously to the wind tunnel of the heater 7b. The wind tunnel and the wind tunnel 400 in the evaporator 7a and the lower fan F1 and the heater 7b are continuous in a tunnel shape as a whole. It is assumed that each wind tunnel is representative, that is, the wind tunnel 400 of the cooling / heating unit 7. A lower duct member 70 a is provided continuously to the wind tunnel 400 of the cooling / heating unit 7. The lower duct member 70a is disposed along the rear surface of the product storage (the back wall 1c of the main body cabinet 1), and the upper duct member 70b is disposed in communication with the lower duct member 70a.
 さらに、本体キャビネット1の下部の機械室8には、冷却/加熱ユニット7の蒸発器7aと冷凍サイクルを形成する冷凍機コンデンシングユニット9が配設されている。冷凍機コンデンシングユニット9は、圧縮機9a,凝縮器9b,庫外ファン9c,膨張弁(不図示)などからなり、商品収納庫外に配された凝縮器9bと商品収納庫内に配された蒸発器7aとが膨張弁を介して冷媒配管により接続されている。 Furthermore, a refrigerator condensing unit 9 that forms a refrigeration cycle with the evaporator 7a of the cooling / heating unit 7 is disposed in the machine room 8 below the main body cabinet 1. The refrigerator condensing unit 9 is composed of a compressor 9a, a condenser 9b, an outside fan 9c, an expansion valve (not shown), and the like, and is arranged in the condenser 9b and the product storage box arranged outside the product storage box. The evaporator 7a is connected by refrigerant piping via an expansion valve.
 なお、外扉2の前面には、商品コラムに対応した複数の商品見本21を展示した商品展示室22の他に、図示は省略するが、購入する商品を指定する商品選択ボタン、代価としての硬貨を投入する硬貨投入口、代価としての紙幣を挿入する紙幣挿入口、釣銭硬貨若しくは返却指令により返却される硬貨を取り出すための硬貨返却口、釣銭若しくは投入硬貨の返却を指示する返却レバーなど、貨幣の投入により商品の自動販売に必要な部品が配設され、さらに、外扉2を本体キャビネット1に閉止鎖錠する扉ロック機構のハンドルなどが設けられている。 In addition to the product display room 22 in which a plurality of product samples 21 corresponding to the product column are displayed on the front surface of the outer door 2, a product selection button for specifying a product to be purchased, as a price, is omitted. A coin insertion slot for inserting coins, a banknote insertion slot for inserting banknotes as a price, a coin return slot for taking out change coins or coins returned by a return command, a return lever for instructing return of change or input coins, etc. Parts necessary for automatic sale of commodities are provided by inserting coins, and a handle of a door lock mechanism for locking the outer door 2 to the main body cabinet 1 is provided.
 本体キャビネット1の断熱パネルで囲まれた商品収納庫内の断熱仕切壁12,12(図2参照)により区画された商品収納室13,14,15にそれぞれ収納設置される商品収納ラック4の構成は略同一であるので、以下では商品収納室15に係わる商品収納ラック4を代表として説明する。図4は、商品収納室14に収納設置される商品収納ラック4の分解斜視図である。商品収納ラック4は、上下方向に多段に配設され、その背面に商品搬出装置5が直付けされた商品収納棚10、商品収納棚10の後端近傍に配備される姿勢制御板47、冷却/加熱ユニット7により冷却若しくは加熱された冷気若しくは暖気を庫内上方に案内する上部ダクト部材70b、前記上部ダクト部材70bを介して上昇した庫内空気を下方に向けて送風する庫内上部ファンF2、メック係止部材100などが架設される左右一対のラック側板41,41を備えている。 Configuration of the product storage rack 4 that is stored and installed in the product storage chambers 13, 14, and 15 partitioned by the heat insulating partition walls 12 and 12 (see FIG. 2) in the product storage box surrounded by the heat insulating panel of the main body cabinet 1. Since these are substantially the same, the following description will be made with the product storage rack 4 related to the product storage chamber 15 as a representative. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of the product storage rack 4 stored and installed in the product storage chamber 14. The product storage rack 4 is arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction, the product storage shelf 10 with the product carry-out device 5 directly attached to the back thereof, the attitude control plate 47 provided in the vicinity of the rear end of the product storage shelf 10, cooling / Upper duct member 70b for guiding cool air or warm air that has been cooled or heated by the heating unit 7 upward in the cabinet, and the internal upper fan F2 that blows the air in the cabinet raised through the upper duct member 70b downward And a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 on which the mech locking member 100 and the like are installed.
 前記左右一対のラック側板41,41は、それぞれ前方側ラック部材41Fと後方側ラック部材41Rに分割されている。前方側ラック部材41Fと後方側ラック部材41Rは、それぞれ矩形平板状の薄板鋼板製になる。左右一対のラック側板41,41における前方側ラック部材41Fと後方側ラック部材41Rのそれぞれの前縁および後縁に沿って補強のための前フランジおよび後フランジが内方に向かう態様で折り曲げ形成されている。また、前方側ラック部材41F,後方側ラック部材41Rの上縁には外方を向く態様で鉤状に折り曲げ形成された係合部41F1,41R1が設けられている。左右一対のラック側板41,41は前方側ラック部材41Fの後フランジと後方側ラック部材41Rの前フランジを突き合せたうえでねじで締結されて一体化される。そして、前方側ラック部材41F,後方側ラック部材41Rの上縁に設けた係合部41F1,41R1を、本体キャビネット1における商品収納庫の天井面に敷設される左右一対のガイド金具16の鉤状の左右フランジのレールに係合させることにより商品収納庫内に吊り下げ支持される。 The pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are divided into a front rack member 41F and a rear rack member 41R, respectively. The front side rack member 41F and the rear side rack member 41R are each made of a thin plate steel plate having a rectangular flat plate shape. A front flange and a rear flange for reinforcement are bent and formed inwardly along the front and rear edges of the front rack member 41F and the rear rack member 41R of the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41, respectively. ing. Further, engaging portions 41F1 and 41R1 are formed at the upper edges of the front rack member 41F and the rear rack member 41R so as to be bent in a hook shape so as to face outward. The pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 are fastened together with screws after the rear flange of the front rack member 41F and the front flange of the rear rack member 41R are abutted to be integrated. And the engagement part 41F1 and 41R1 provided in the upper edge of the front side rack member 41F and the rear side rack member 41R are used as a pair of left and right guide fittings 16 laid on the ceiling surface of the product storage in the main body cabinet 1. By being engaged with the rails of the left and right flanges, it is supported by being suspended in the product storage.
 左右のラック側板41,41に架設される商品収納棚10は、図5乃至図7に示すように、前後方向に分割した前方側棚部材10Fおよび後方側棚部材10Rからなる。図5は商品搬出装置が直付けされた商品収納棚を示し、(a)は右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は(a)の背面斜視図、図6は図5の商品収納棚の分解図、図7は商品収納棚を背面側右斜め下方から見た状態を示し、(a)はその分解図、(b)は(a)の組立図である。 The product storage shelf 10 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 is composed of a front shelf member 10F and a rear shelf member 10R divided in the front-rear direction, as shown in FIGS. FIG. 5 shows a product storage shelf directly attached with a product delivery device, (a) is a perspective view seen from the upper right, (b) is a rear perspective view of (a), and FIG. 6 is a product storage of FIG. FIG. 7 is an exploded view of the shelf, and FIG. 7 shows a state in which the product storage shelf is viewed obliquely from the lower right side on the back side, (a) is an exploded view thereof, and (b) is an assembly view of (a).
 前方側棚部材10Fは主に仕切部材42の調節用であり、背面側にはカバー部材95が配設されている。後方側棚部材10Rは主に商品搬出装置5の取付け用であり、背面に商品搬出装置5が直付けされる。前方側棚部材10Fおよび後方側棚部材10Rはそれぞれ矩形平板状の薄板鋼板製になる。前方側棚部材10Fおよび後方側棚部材10Rはそれぞれ矩形の板面の左右側縁から下方に折り曲げられたフランジ10F1,10F1およびフランジ10R1,10R1を形成して補強が図られている。なお、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の左右方向の幅は、前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1の左右方向の幅より若干広幅に形成され、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1により前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1を挟み込むことができるように構成されている。この例では商品収納棚10の左右方向の中央部を境界に左右に2つの商品コラムCL,CRが形成される例を示している。 The front side shelf member 10F is mainly used for adjusting the partition member 42, and a cover member 95 is provided on the back side. The rear side shelf member 10R is mainly used for mounting the product carry-out device 5, and the product carry-out device 5 is directly attached to the rear surface. The front side shelf member 10F and the rear side shelf member 10R are each made of a thin plate steel plate having a rectangular flat plate shape. The front side shelf member 10F and the rear side shelf member 10R are reinforced by forming flanges 10F1 and 10F1 and flanges 10R1 and 10R1 bent downward from left and right side edges of a rectangular plate surface, respectively. The left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R have a width in the left-right direction that is slightly wider than the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F. The left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F can be sandwiched between the flanges 10R1 and 10R1. This example shows an example in which two product columns CL and CR are formed on the left and right with the central portion in the left-right direction of the product storage shelf 10 as a boundary.
 前方側棚部材10Fの前端部分は下方に折り曲げて垂下部110が形成され、この垂下部110には複数のねじ穴(不図示)が形成されている。また、前方側棚部材10Fの左右端部は下方に折り曲げてフランジ10F1,10F1が形成されている。前述したように、この例では前方側棚部材10Fの板面上に左右に2つの商品コラムCR,CLが画成されるものである。このため、前方側棚部材10Fの板面上には、その板面の前方寄りに位置して左右方向に延在するスリットとして形成されたガイド溝111と、ガイド溝111の後方側にそれぞれ位置して前後方向に延在するスリットとして形成されるとともに左右方向に複数並置する態様で穿設された前後3段の設定溝112と、必要に応じて商品収納棚10に装着される角ペットボトル用アタッチメント(不図示)の取付け用の4個のスリット状の装着溝113が、各商品コラムCL,CRごとに穿設されている。前記垂下部110と、ガイド溝111と、前後3段の設定溝112とは仕切部材42の装着および調節用のものである。 The front end portion of the front shelf member 10F is bent downward to form a hanging portion 110, and the hanging portion 110 has a plurality of screw holes (not shown). The left and right ends of the front shelf member 10F are bent downward to form flanges 10F1 and 10F1. As described above, in this example, two product columns CR and CL are defined on the left and right on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. For this reason, on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F, the guide groove 111 formed as a slit that is positioned near the front of the plate surface and extends in the left-right direction, and the rear side of the guide groove 111, respectively. The front and rear three-stage setting grooves 112 that are formed as slits extending in the front-rear direction and are arranged side by side in the left-right direction, and square pet bottles that are mounted on the product storage shelf 10 as necessary Four slit-shaped mounting grooves 113 for mounting attachments (not shown) are drilled for each of the product columns CL and CR. The hanging part 110, the guide groove 111, and the three-stage setting groove 112 are for mounting and adjusting the partition member 42.
 前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1の前端は切り欠いて垂下部110との間に所定の空隙を形成するピン挿通溝10F11(図7参照)が設けられ、前記フランジ10F1の前後方向中間部位には切欠きによりカバー部材95を係止固定する棚係止部材101の嵌合溝10F12が設けられている。前記ピン挿通溝10F11は左右のラック側板41,41に跨る態様で配設されて商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10F)を支持するピンP1(図3も参照)が挿通されるものである。嵌合溝10F12は左右のラック側板41,41に架設される棚係止部材101に嵌合するものである。棚係止部材101は矩形平板状の板金を適宜折り曲げて形成されてなる。棚係止部材101は、図27に示すように、前端を半円状にカールされて下方に開放するとともに左右に突出した係合部101a,101a、および後端に設けたところの、ダブルホールドされるとともに左右の突出した係合爪101b,101bを備え、これらの係合部101a,101a、および係合爪101b,101bを左右のラック側板41,41に設けた対応する孔(不図示)に挿通することにより左右のラック側板41,41に架設されるものである。また、前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1の後端は前方側棚部材10Fの板面の後縁より若干前方に位置するように切り欠いて形成されている。言い換えれば、前方側棚部材10Fの板面の後縁は前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1の後端より後方に位置するように形成されている。そして、前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1,10F1の後端側の自由端は内側に湾曲した係合片10F13,10F13(図7参照)が形成され、その手前側に鉤状の係止溝10F14が形成されている。これらの係合片10F13,10F13および係止溝10F14,10F14は後方側棚部材10Rとの連結に用いられるものである。 A front end of the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front side shelf member 10F is notched, and a pin insertion groove 10F11 (see FIG. 7) is formed between the hanging part 110 and a predetermined gap. Is provided with a fitting groove 10F12 of a shelf locking member 101 for locking and fixing the cover member 95 by a notch. The pin insertion groove 10F11 is disposed in such a manner as to straddle the left and right rack side plates 41, 41, and is inserted with a pin P1 (see also FIG. 3) that supports the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 10F). . The fitting groove 10F12 is fitted to the shelf locking member 101 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. The shelf locking member 101 is formed by appropriately bending a rectangular flat plate. As shown in FIG. 27, the shelf locking member 101 has a front end curled in a semicircular shape, opened downward, and protruded to the left and right, and a double hold provided at the rear end. In addition, left and right protruding projections 101b and 101b are provided, and the engagement portions 101a and 101a and the engagement tabs 101b and 101b are provided in corresponding holes (not shown) provided in the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, respectively. Is installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. In addition, the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are cut out so as to be located slightly forward from the rear edge of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. In other words, the rear edge of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is formed to be located behind the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F. The free ends on the rear end side of the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are formed with engagement pieces 10F13 and 10F13 (see FIG. 7) that are curved inward, and hook-like engagements on the front side thereof. A groove 10F14 is formed. These engagement pieces 10F13 and 10F13 and the locking grooves 10F14 and 10F14 are used for connection with the rear side shelf member 10R.
 後方側棚部材10Rの前端部分は、左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前端よりも後方側で下方に折り曲げて垂下部120が形成されている。この垂下部120には商品搬出装置5の駆動装置や売切れ検知スイッチ(マイクロスイッチ)などへの制御信号線が接続されたカプラ(不図示)が装着されるカプラ取付け穴121が設けられている。また、垂下部120の下端には、前方に折り曲げてカバー部材95の載置部122と、この載置部122の両側に位置して自由端側を中空円筒形状(カール状)に丸めて形成したカール係止部123,123(図26も参照)が形成されている。後方側棚部材10Rの矩形板面には、その板面の前後方向中間位置の左右に固定部124,128(図5では固定部128は仕切部材42に隠れて見えず、固定部128は図7参照。)が設けられ、その後方寄りに位置して3個の固定部125~127が左右に振り分けて設けられている。各固定部124~128は板面の背面側への押出しにより窪み部として形成されている。固定部124,125,127,128の窪み部の底面にはねじ挿通穴124a,125a,127a,128aが穿設され、固定部126,126には左右の2個のねじ挿通穴126a,126aが穿設されている。これらの固定部124~128は商品搬出装置5を直付けするためのものである。 The front end portion of the rear side shelf member 10R is bent downward on the rear side with respect to the front ends of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1, and a hanging portion 120 is formed. The hanging portion 120 is provided with a coupler mounting hole 121 in which a coupler (not shown) to which a control signal line is connected to a drive device of the product carry-out device 5 and a sold-out detection switch (microswitch) is mounted. Further, at the lower end of the drooping portion 120, it is formed by bending forward and placing the mounting portion 122 of the cover member 95 on both sides of the mounting portion 122 and rounding the free end side into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape). Curl locking portions 123 and 123 (see also FIG. 26) are formed. On the rectangular plate surface of the rear side shelf member 10R, the fixing portions 124 and 128 on the left and right of the intermediate position in the front-rear direction of the plate surface (in FIG. 5, the fixing portion 128 is hidden by the partition member 42 and cannot be seen. 7), and three fixing portions 125 to 127 are provided on the left and right sides of the left and right sides. Each of the fixing portions 124 to 128 is formed as a recessed portion by extrusion toward the back side of the plate surface. Screw insertion holes 124a, 125a, 127a, 128a are formed in the bottom surface of the recessed portions of the fixing portions 124, 125, 127, 128, and the left and right screw insertion holes 126a, 126a are formed in the fixing portions 126, 126. It has been drilled. These fixing portions 124 to 128 are for directly attaching the product carry-out device 5.
 また、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前方寄り縁部には、角状の切欠きによりピン挿通溝10R11,10R11が形成され、また、左右フランジ10R1,10R1の後端には円弧状の切欠きによりカール係合部10R12,10R12が形成されている。前記ピン挿通溝10R11,10R11は左右のラック側板41,41に跨る態様で配設されて商品収納棚10(後方側棚部材10R)を支持するピンP2(図3も参照)が挿通されるものであり、ピン挿通溝10R11,10R11の前後方向の長さがピンP2の径の略2倍の大きさを有している。前記カール係合部10R12,10R12は姿勢制御板47を保持し、左右のラック側板41,41に跨る態様で配設される保持部材476に形成した円筒部477に当接するものである。なお、姿勢制御板47と保持部材476については後述する図10により説明する。 Further, pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 are formed by square notches at the front edge portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R, and a circular shape is formed at the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1. Curl engaging portions 10R12 and 10R12 are formed by arc-shaped notches. The pin insertion grooves 10R11, 10R11 are arranged in a manner straddling the left and right rack side plates 41, 41, and are inserted with pins P2 (see also FIG. 3) for supporting the product storage shelf 10 (rear side shelf member 10R). The length of the pin insertion grooves 10R11, 10R11 in the front-rear direction is approximately twice the diameter of the pin P2. The curl engaging portions 10R12 and 10R12 hold the posture control plate 47 and abut against a cylindrical portion 477 formed on a holding member 476 arranged in a manner straddling the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41. The attitude control plate 47 and the holding member 476 will be described with reference to FIG.
 前述したように後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前端は後方側棚部材10Rの板面の前端部分より前方に位置するように構成されている。そして、左右のフランジ10R1,10R1の前端部分はカール係止部123,123との間に隙間が形成されている。これらの隙間は前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1,10F1の後端側に形成した係合片10F13,10F13を受容するものであり、前方側棚部材10Fとの連結に用いられるものである。 As described above, the front ends of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear side shelf member 10R are configured to be positioned in front of the front end portion of the plate surface of the rear side shelf member 10R. A gap is formed between the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 and the curl locking portions 123 and 123. These gaps receive engagement pieces 10F13 and 10F13 formed on the rear end sides of the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F, and are used for connection to the front shelf member 10F. .
 そしてまた、前述したとおり後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の左右方向の幅は、前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1の左右方向の幅より若干広幅に形成されており、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1により前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1を挟み込むことができるように構成されている。従って、前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1の後端側に形成した係合片10F13,10F13を後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前端部分とカール係止部123,123との間の隙間に嵌め込んだうえで前方側棚部材10Fの板面の後端部を後方側棚部材10Rの板面の前端部に載置しつつ、前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1,10F1の後端側に形成した鉤状の係止溝10F14,10F14を後方側棚部材10Rの前端部に形成した左右のカール係止部123,123に嵌め込むことにより前方側棚部材10Fと後方側棚部材10Rとが連結される。この場合、前方側棚部材10Fの板面の後縁が後方側棚部材10Rの板面の上に乗っており、前方側棚部材10Fの板面を転動若しくは滑動する商品が後方側棚部材10Rの前端部分に衝突することがないように構成されている。また、前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1の後端側に形成した係合片10F13,10F13を後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前端部分とカール係止部123,123との間の隙間に嵌め込む際、カール係止部123,123の自由端が内側に湾曲していることにより係合片10F13,10F13を後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前端部分の内側に容易に差し込むことができる。 Further, as described above, the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R have a width in the left and right direction that is slightly wider than the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F. The left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front side shelf member 10F can be sandwiched between the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the side shelf member 10R. Accordingly, the engagement pieces 10F13, 10F13 formed on the rear end side of the left and right flanges 10F1, 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are connected to the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1, 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R and the curl locking portions 123, 123. And the left and right flanges 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F while the rear end of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is placed on the front end of the plate surface of the rear shelf member 10R. , 10F1 by fitting the hook-like locking grooves 10F14, 10F14 formed on the rear end side into the left and right curl locking portions 123, 123 formed at the front end portion of the rear shelf member 10R. The rear side shelf member 10R is connected. In this case, the rear edge of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is on the plate surface of the rear shelf member 10R, and the product that rolls or slides on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F is the rear shelf member. It is comprised so that it may not collide with the front-end part of 10R. Further, the engagement pieces 10F13, 10F13 formed on the rear end side of the left and right flanges 10F1, 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are connected to the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1, 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R and the curl locking portions 123, 123, respectively. When the free ends of the curl locking portions 123 and 123 are curved inwardly when fitted into the gap between the engagement pieces 10F13 and 10F13, the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R Can be easily inserted inside.
 これらの前方側棚部材10Fと後方側棚部材10Rとは、図3に示すように、左右一対のラック側板41,41に取付けられる。すなわち、左右一対のラック側板41,41の間に姿勢制御板47を保持する保持部材476を配設したうえでその保持部材476の円筒部477の両端および左右の係止片478aを左右一対のラック側板41,41に設けた保持部材取付け穴OP4(図10で詳述する)に挿入して架設した後、ピンP1,ピンP2を右側のラック側板41の外側からピン挿入孔OP1,OP2に挿入して左右のラック側板41,41に跨って架設する。次いで、後方側棚部材10Rを、その左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前方寄りに形成したピン挿通溝10R11,10R11をピンP2に嵌め込んだうえで後方側にスライドさせつつ、前記左右フランジ10R1,10R1の後端に形成した円弧状のカール係合部10R12,10R12を前記保持部材476に形成した円筒部477に嵌合させる。この後、前方側棚部材10Fの左右フランジ10F1,10F1の後端部を後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前端部に前述した態様で嵌め込んだうえで前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1の前端に形成したピン挿通溝10F11,10F11をピンP1に嵌合させる。これにより、前方側棚部材10Fと後方側棚部材10Rとが連結された状態で左右のラック側板41,41に架設される。 The front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R are attached to a pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41 as shown in FIG. That is, a holding member 476 for holding the attitude control plate 47 is disposed between the pair of left and right rack side plates 41, 41, and both ends of the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 and the left and right locking pieces 478a are connected to the pair of left and right sides. After being inserted into a holding member mounting hole OP4 (detailed in FIG. 10) provided in the rack side plates 41, 41 and installed, the pins P1, P2 are inserted into the pin insertion holes OP1, OP2 from the outside of the right rack side plate 41. It is inserted and installed across the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. Next, the rear shelf member 10R is inserted into the pin P2 with the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 formed near the front of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1, and then slid rearward, while the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 Arc-shaped curl engaging portions 10R12, 10R12 formed at the rear end are fitted into a cylindrical portion 477 formed on the holding member 476. Thereafter, the rear end portions of the left and right flanges 10F1 and 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F are fitted in the front end portions of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R in the above-described manner, and then the left and right sides of the front shelf member 10F. The pin insertion grooves 10F11 and 10F11 formed at the front end of the flange 10F1 are fitted to the pin P1. Thus, the front side shelf member 10F and the rear side shelf member 10R are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 in a connected state.
 ここで、前方側棚部材10Fは、前述したラック側板41への取付け手順と逆の手順で取り外すことができ、商品収納通路43に商品詰り、特に商品搬出装置5が配設された商品収納通路43における商品搬出口45側で商品詰りが発生した場合には前方側棚部材10Fを取り外すことにより商品詰りを解消することができるものである。 Here, the front side shelf member 10F can be removed by a procedure reverse to the procedure for attaching to the rack side plate 41 described above, and the product storage passage 43, in particular, the product storage passage in which the product delivery device 5 is disposed. When a product jam occurs on the product exit 45 side in 43, the product jam can be eliminated by removing the front shelf member 10F.
 仕切部材42は、前後方向に延在する態様で商品収納棚10に装着されて商品収納通路43を画成するものであり、図5の例(商品収納室15に収納設置される商品収納ラック4では商品コラムCL,CRを形成する態様で3個の仕切部材42が用いられている。この場合、商品コラムCLに対しては左右を規制する仕切部材42LL,42LRが設けられている一方、商品コラムCRに対しては左側を規制する仕切部材42RLのみが設けられている。これは、商品コラムCRの右側の規制を右側のラック側板41に兼用させてコストダウンを図っているためである。 The partition member 42 is mounted on the product storage shelf 10 so as to extend in the front-rear direction to define the product storage passage 43. The example shown in FIG. 5 (the product storage rack stored and installed in the product storage chamber 15) 4, three partition members 42 are used in a manner of forming product columns CL and CR, in which case partition members 42LL and 42LR are provided for restricting the left and right of the product column CL, Only the partitioning member 42RL for restricting the left side is provided for the product column CR because the right side regulation of the product column CR is also used for the right rack side plate 41. .
 図8は仕切部材42LLを示し、(a)は右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は右斜め下方から見た斜視図である。この仕切部材42LLは、L字状に折り曲げた薄板鋼板になり、前方側棚部材10Fと後方側棚部材10Rからなる商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に平行な商品載置部421と、前記通路面に鉛直な規制部422からなる。前記商品載置部421の前端には、前方側棚部材10Fの前端の垂下部110を囲繞するL字状の嵌合部4211が形成されている。この嵌合部4211は前方側棚部材10Fの垂下部110を包み込む態様で遊嵌されている。また、商品載置部421の板面における前方寄りには背面側に向けて突出するフック片421aが切り起こしにより形成されている。このフック片421aは、前方側棚部材10Fの板面の前方寄りに左右方向に延在するスリットとして形成されたガイド溝111に対応して形成され、ガイド溝111のうちの後方側の縁部を上方から押圧することにより板面を下方に撓ませた状態でフック片421aの先端を前方側棚部材10Fの板面の下方に潜り込ませることによりガイド溝111に遊嵌する態様で嵌合されるものである。さらに、商品載置部421のフック片421aの後方には背面側に向けて突出する前後方向に3個の係合爪421bが切り起こしにより形成されている。これらの係合爪421bのうちの前方側の2個の係合爪421bが、側面から見た場合略逆台形状に形成されている一方、残りの後方の係合爪421bは後方を向いたフック状に形成されている。これらの3個の係合爪421bは、前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した前後3段の設定溝112にそれぞれ係合・離脱可能である。なお、規制部422の後端側は、後述する商品搬出装置5のストッパ部材52との干渉を避けるように切欠き4221により段差を形成し、その前方寄りには指を引っ掛けるための指掛け穴4222が形成されている。 8A and 8B show the partition member 42LL, where FIG. 8A is a perspective view seen from the upper right and FIG. 8B is a perspective view seen from the lower right. The partition member 42LL is a thin steel plate bent in an L shape, and a product placement portion 421 parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 including the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R. The control portion 422 is perpendicular to the passage surface. An L-shaped fitting portion 4211 surrounding the hanging portion 110 at the front end of the front shelf member 10F is formed at the front end of the product placing portion 421. The fitting portion 4211 is loosely fitted in a manner that wraps the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F. Further, a hook piece 421a that protrudes toward the back side is formed by cutting and raising the front side of the plate surface of the product placement portion 421. The hook piece 421a is formed corresponding to a guide groove 111 formed as a slit extending in the left-right direction toward the front of the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F, and the rear edge of the guide groove 111 The hook piece 421a is fitted into the guide groove 111 so that it is loosely fitted under the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F in a state where the plate surface is bent downward by pressing from above. Is. Furthermore, three engagement claws 421b are formed by cutting and raising in the front-rear direction protruding toward the back side behind the hook piece 421a of the product placement portion 421. Two engagement claws 421b on the front side of these engagement claws 421b are formed in a substantially inverted trapezoidal shape when viewed from the side, while the remaining rear engagement claws 421b face rearward. It is formed in a hook shape. These three engaging claws 421b can be respectively engaged and disengaged in three front and rear setting grooves 112 formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. The rear end side of the restricting portion 422 forms a step by a notch 4221 so as to avoid interference with a stopper member 52 of the commodity unloading device 5 described later, and a finger hooking hole 4222 for hooking a finger toward the front thereof. Is formed.
 前記仕切部材42LLは、次のように商品収納棚10に組付けられる。すなわち、商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10Fと後方側棚部材10R)の上方位置であって、仕切部材42LLの商品載置部421に形成したフック片421aを前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成したガイド溝111の前方側に位置させた状態で、ガイド溝111のうちの後方側の縁部を上方から押圧してその板面を下方に撓ませたうえでフック片421aの先端を前方側棚部材10Fの板面の下方に潜り込ませる。この状態ではフック片421aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝111の前方に位置して仕切部材42の商品載置部421が商品収納棚10の板面から離隔しているので、フック片421aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝111の位置に移動するように仕切部材42を後方に向けて移動させる。フック片421aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝111の位置に到達すると、当該フック片421aの基端部(鉛直部)がガイド溝111に嵌まり込むことができるようになるので、フック片421aとともに仕切部材42LLを下方に向けて移動させると、商品載置部421が商品収納棚10の板面に接近する。この場合、仕切部材42LLのL字状の嵌合部4211の先端(L字の短い方向の脚片)が、前方側棚部材10Fの前端と干渉するので、嵌合部4211を前方に撓ませて前方側棚部材10Fの前端と干渉を防止しつつ商品載置部421が商品収納棚10の板面に到達するまで仕切部材42を下方に移動させる。商品載置部421が商品収納棚10の板面に到達すると、嵌合部4211の先端(L字の短い方向の脚片)が前方側棚部材10Fの垂下部110の下方に到達している。この状態で嵌合部4211に加えた外力を解除すると嵌合部4211が復元して前方側棚部材10Fの垂下部110を前方側から包み込むようになる。 The partition member 42LL is assembled to the product storage shelf 10 as follows. That is, the hook piece 421a formed on the product placement portion 421 of the partition member 42LL is positioned above the product storage shelf 10 (the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R), and the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. In the state where the guide groove 111 is formed on the front side, the rear edge of the guide groove 111 is pressed from above to bend the plate surface downward, and the tip of the hook piece 421a is It sinks under the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. In this state, since the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 421a is located in front of the guide groove 111 and the product placement portion 421 of the partition member 42 is separated from the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10, the hook piece The partition member 42 is moved rearward so that the base end portion (vertical portion) of 421a moves to the position of the guide groove 111. When the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 421a reaches the position of the guide groove 111, the base end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 421a can be fitted into the guide groove 111. When the partition member 42LL is moved downward together with the piece 421a, the product placement portion 421 approaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10. In this case, the tip of the L-shaped fitting portion 4211 of the partition member 42LL (the leg piece in the short L-shape direction) interferes with the front end of the front shelf member 10F, so that the fitting portion 4211 is bent forward. Then, the partition member 42 is moved downward until the product placement portion 421 reaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10 while preventing interference with the front end of the front shelf member 10F. When the product placement portion 421 reaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10, the tip of the fitting portion 4211 (the leg piece in the L-shaped short direction) reaches below the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F. . When the external force applied to the fitting portion 4211 is released in this state, the fitting portion 4211 is restored and the drooping portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F is wrapped from the front side.
 仕切部材42LLの商品載置部421が商品収納棚10の板面に接近した際、商品載置部421に形成した3個の係合爪421bが前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した前後3段の設定溝112,112に対峙していない場合(3個の係合爪421bが、前方側棚部材10Fの板面に当接している場合)には、仕切部材42LLを左右方向にスライドさせて3個の係合爪421bを前後3段の設定溝112に対峙させたうえで嵌め込むと、仕切部材42LLの商品載置部421が商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10Fおよび後方側棚部材10R)の板面に密着する。この後、仕切部材42LLをその嵌合部4211が前方側棚部材10Fの垂下部110に当接するまで後方に移動させて3個の係合爪421bのうちの後方のフック状の係合爪421bを商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10F)の下方に潜り込ませる。これにより商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10F)仕切部材42LLの商品載置部421が商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10Fおよび後方側棚部材10R)の板面に密着し、この状態がフック状の係合爪421bによって維持された状態で装着される。なお、仕切部材42LLを前後方向に移動させることができるようにするため、仕切部材42LLのフック片421aの基端部(鉛直部)および3個の係合爪421bがそれぞれ嵌まり込む前方側棚部材10Fのガイド溝111および前後3段の設定溝112は、仕切部材42LLのフック片421aの基端部(鉛直部)および3個の係合爪421bの前後への移動を許容する大きさに形成されているものである。 When the product placement portion 421 of the partition member 42LL approaches the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10, before and after the three engaging claws 421b formed on the product placement portion 421 are formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. When not facing the three setting grooves 112, 112 (when the three engaging claws 421b are in contact with the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F), the partition member 42LL is slid in the left-right direction. When the three engaging claws 421b are fitted into the front and rear three-stage setting grooves 112 and then fitted, the product placing portion 421 of the partition member 42LL is placed on the product storage shelf 10 (the front side shelf member 10F and the rear side). It closely adheres to the plate surface of the shelf member 10R). Thereafter, the partition member 42LL is moved rearward until the fitting portion 4211 contacts the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F, and the rear hook-like engagement claw 421b of the three engagement claws 421b. Is buried below the product storage shelf 10 (front shelf member 10F). Thereby, the product placement portion 421 of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 10F) partition member 42LL is in close contact with the plate surface of the product storage shelf 10 (front side shelf member 10F and rear side shelf member 10R). It is mounted in a state maintained by the hook-shaped engaging claw 421b. In addition, in order to be able to move partition member 42LL to the front-back direction, the front side shelf into which the base end part (vertical part) of hook piece 421a of partition member 42LL and the three engagement claws 421b fit, respectively. The guide groove 111 and the three front and rear setting grooves 112 of the member 10F are sized to allow the proximal end portion (vertical portion) of the hook piece 421a and the three engaging claws 421b of the partition member 42LL to move forward and backward. Is formed.
 仕切部材42RLは仕切部材42LLと同一の構成を備えたものである。仕切部材42RRは仕切部材42LLと商品載置部421の折り曲げ方向が相違するのみでその他の構成は仕切部材42LLと同一である。仕切部材42は、前後方向に延在する態様で商品収納棚10に装着されて商品収納通路43を画成し、商品収納棚10へのセット位置を変更することにより商品収納通路43の通路幅(左右方向の幅)を変更可能なものである。図5では仕切部材42LLを商品収納棚10の左端側にセット(前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した前後3段の設定溝112のうちの左端側の設定溝112,112にセット)し、仕切部材42LRを商品収納棚10の商品コラムCLに対応する右端側にセット(前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した商品コラムCLに対応する前後3段の設定溝112のうちの左端側の設定溝112,112にセット)する一方、仕切部材42RLを商品収納棚10の商品コラムCRに対応する左端側にセット(前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した商品コラムCRに対応する前後3段の設定溝112のうちの左端側の設定溝112,112にセット)した場合を示し、これらの場合には商品収納棚10にロングサイズの商品に対応する商品収納通路43,43が画成される。この状態から商品収納通路43,43の通路幅を変更する場合には、仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)の規制部422を摘まんで前方に引っ張り、3個の係合爪421bのうちの後方のフック状の係合爪421bを商品収納棚10から引き外したうえで仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)の前端の垂下部110に指(例えば、親指)を押し当てるとともに仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)の規制部422に設けた指掛け穴4222に指(例えば、人差し指)を引っ掛けた状態で、指掛け穴4222に引っ掛けた指により仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)を上方に持ち上げるような外力を加える。そうすると、前方側棚部材10Fの垂下部110を包み込むように配された仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)のL字状の嵌合部4211の角(L字の角)が前記垂下部110の下端に当接し、当該当接点を支点として仕切部材42LL,42RLの後端側が浮き上がるように回動し、商品載置部421が商品収納棚10(前方側棚部材10Fおよび後方側棚部材10R)の板面から離隔して上昇する。仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)の回動は、フック片421aの先端(水平部分の先端)が前方側棚部材10Fの背面に当接することにより制限される。このように回動が制限された状態で、商品載置部421に設けた3個の係合爪421bが前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した前後3段の設定溝112から離脱している。仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)を回動させた状態を維持しつつ所定の設定位置まで右側方向にスライドさせる。仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)を所定の設置位置に移動させたうえで仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)に加えた外力を解除すると仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)は下方に回動し、商品載置部421に設けた3個の係合爪421bが対応する前後3段の設定溝112に係合する。これにより、仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)は、その商品載置部421が商品収納棚10の板面に密着し、仕切部材42LL(仕切部材42RL)の規制部422と仕切部材42LR(仕切部材42RLと右側のラック側板41)との間にロングサイズの商品よりも幅の狭い商品収納通路43,43が画成される。 The partition member 42RL has the same configuration as the partition member 42LL. The partition member 42RR is the same as the partition member 42LL except for the bending direction of the partition member 42LL and the product placement portion 421. The partition member 42 is attached to the product storage shelf 10 so as to extend in the front-rear direction to define the product storage passage 43, and the passage width of the product storage passage 43 is changed by changing the set position on the product storage shelf 10. (Width in the left-right direction) can be changed. In FIG. 5, the partition member 42LL is set on the left end side of the commodity storage shelf 10 (set in the setting grooves 112, 112 on the left end side among the three setting grooves 112 in the front and rear formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F). The partition member 42LR is set on the right end side corresponding to the product column CL of the product storage shelf 10 (the left end side of the three front and rear setting grooves 112 corresponding to the product column CL formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. The partition member 42RL is set on the left end side corresponding to the product column CR of the product storage shelf 10 (before and after corresponding to the product column CR formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F). In the case of these, the product storage passage 43 corresponding to a long-sized product is stored in the product storage shelf 10. 43 is defined. When changing the passage width of the product storage passages 43, 43 from this state, the regulating portion 422 of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is picked and pulled forward, and the rear of the three engaging claws 421b is pulled. After the hook-like engaging claw 421b is pulled off from the product storage shelf 10, a finger (for example, a thumb) is pressed against the hanging portion 110 at the front end of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) and the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL). In the state where the finger (for example, the index finger) is hooked in the finger hooking hole 4222 provided in the restricting portion 422, an external force is applied to lift the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) upward by the finger hooked in the finger hooking hole 4222. Then, the corner (L-shaped corner) of the L-shaped fitting portion 4211 of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) arranged so as to wrap around the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F is the lower end of the hanging portion 110. And the product mounting portion 421 of the product storage shelf 10 (the front shelf member 10F and the rear shelf member 10R) is rotated so that the rear end side of the partition members 42LL and 42RL is lifted with the contact point as a fulcrum. Ascends away from the plate surface. The rotation of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is limited by the front end of the hook piece 421a (the front end of the horizontal portion) being in contact with the back surface of the front shelf member 10F. In such a state where the rotation is restricted, the three engaging claws 421b provided in the product placing portion 421 are detached from the front and rear three-stage setting grooves 112 formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. Yes. The partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is slid rightward to a predetermined set position while maintaining the rotated state. When the external force applied to the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is released after the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) is moved to a predetermined installation position, the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) rotates downward, and the product Three engaging claws 421b provided on the mounting portion 421 engage with the corresponding three-stage setting grooves 112 in the front and rear. Thereby, as for the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL), the goods mounting part 421 closely_contact | adheres to the plate | board surface of the goods storage shelf 10, and the control part 422 of the partition member 42LL (partition member 42RL) and the partition member 42LR (partition member) Between 42RL and the right rack side plate 41), product storage passages 43, 43 having a narrower width than the long size product are defined.
 図5に示すように、前記商品収納棚10には商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)を上昇させる態様の通路規制用アタッチメント40が着脱自在に敷設される。この通路規制用アタッチメント40は、商品収納通路43の商品投入口44から商品搬出口45の近傍に配設された商品搬出装置5に至るとともに商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)と略平行な商品転動面部401と当該商品転動面部401に連なるとともに商品搬出口45に向かうにしたがって商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に接近する態様で傾斜し、かつ、後述する第1ストッパ部材52に装着されたストッパ用アタッチメント60により保持された販売商品の待機位置なる傾斜面部402を備えてなる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the commodity storage shelf 10 is detachably laid with a passage regulating attachment 40 that lifts the plate surface (passage surface) of the commodity storage shelf 10. The passage regulating attachment 40 extends from the product input port 44 of the product storage passage 43 to the product delivery device 5 disposed in the vicinity of the product delivery port 45 and is substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10. The product rolling surface portion 401 and the product rolling surface portion 401. The first stopper which is inclined in a manner approaching the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 toward the product exit 45 and which will be described later. An inclined surface portion 402 serving as a standby position for a commercial product held by a stopper attachment 60 attached to the member 52 is provided.
 図9は、通路規制用アタッチメント40を示し、(a)は右斜め上方から見た斜視図、(b)は右斜め下方から見た斜視図、(c)は側面図である。この通路規制用アタッチメント40は、商品転動面部401と当該商品転動面部401に連なる傾斜面部402を備えた薄板鋼板製になる。商品転動面部401の前端には、前方側棚部材10Fの前端の垂下部110を囲繞する略L字状の嵌合部4011が形成されている。この嵌合部4011はL字状の自由端に前方側棚部材10Fの垂下部110を包み込む態様で上方に凸状の折り曲げ形成された係合部4011aを備えている。また、商品転動面部401の左右両端には商品転動面部401の板面(通路面)に鉛直な規制部4012,4012が形成されている。また、商品転動面部401の板面(通路面)には背面側に向けて突出する当接片4013が切り起こしにより形成されている。この当接片4013は、左右に対をなす態様で前段、中段、後段に分散して設けられている。これらの当接片4013のうちの前段、中段の当接片4013は商品収納棚10のうちの前方側棚部材10Fの板面であって前方側棚部材10Fの板面に形成した前後3段の設定溝112から外れた位置に当接する態様で形成され、後段の当接片4013は商品収納棚10のうちの後方側棚部材10Rの板面に当接する態様で形成されている。これらの当接片4013の長さは商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)を上昇させる寸法を規定するものである。また、商品転動面部401の板面(通路面)の後方寄りには背面側に向けて突出するストッパ片4014が切り起こしにより形成されている。このストッパ片4014は、右側の規制部4012に跨るように切り込みを入れることにより当接片4013よりも長くなるように形成され、商品収納棚10を構成する後方側棚部材10Rの板面に形成したスリットに嵌まり込むものである。なお、ストッパ片4014の前後方向長さに対してスリットの前後方向長さは大きく形成され、ストッパ片4014がスリットに挿入された状態でストッパ片4014が前後方向に移動可能に形成されているものである。 FIG. 9 shows the attachment 40 for restricting the passage, (a) is a perspective view seen from the upper right side, (b) is a perspective view seen from the lower right side, and (c) is a side view. The passage regulating attachment 40 is made of a thin steel plate including a product rolling surface portion 401 and an inclined surface portion 402 continuous with the product rolling surface portion 401. A substantially L-shaped fitting portion 4011 surrounding the hanging portion 110 at the front end of the front side shelf member 10 </ b> F is formed at the front end of the product rolling surface portion 401. The fitting portion 4011 is provided with an engaging portion 4011a that is bent upward in a manner that wraps the hanging portion 110 of the front shelf member 10F at the L-shaped free end. Further, at the left and right ends of the product rolling surface portion 401, restriction portions 4012 and 4012 perpendicular to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product rolling surface portion 401 are formed. Further, a contact piece 4013 protruding toward the back side is formed on the plate surface (passage surface) of the product rolling surface portion 401 by cutting and raising. The contact pieces 4013 are provided in a distributed manner in the front, middle, and rear stages in a paired manner on the left and right. Of these contact pieces 4013, the front and middle contact pieces 4013 are plate surfaces of the front shelf member 10F of the product storage shelf 10 and are formed on the plate surface of the front shelf member 10F. The rear contact piece 4013 is formed so as to contact the plate surface of the rear shelf member 10 </ b> R in the product storage shelf 10. The lengths of the contact pieces 4013 define the dimensions for raising the plate surface (passage surface) of the commodity storage shelf 10. Further, a stopper piece 4014 that protrudes toward the back side is formed by cutting and raising the rear side of the plate surface (passage surface) of the product rolling surface portion 401. This stopper piece 4014 is formed so as to be longer than the contact piece 4013 by cutting so as to straddle the right-side restricting portion 4012, and is formed on the plate surface of the rear side shelf member 10R constituting the product storage shelf 10. It fits into the slit. The length of the slit in the front-rear direction is larger than the length of the stopper piece 4014 in the front-rear direction, and the stopper piece 4014 is formed to be movable in the front-rear direction with the stopper piece 4014 inserted into the slit. It is.
 この通路規制用アタッチメント40の商品収納棚10への装着は、商品収納棚10の上方に商品収納通路43に沿う態様で通路規制用アタッチメント40を配置させ、商品転動面部401の前端に設けた嵌合部4011の係合部4011aが前方側棚部材10Fの前端の垂下部110の前方側に位置させた状態でストッパ片4014を後方側棚部材10Rに形成したスリットに挿入させる態様で通路規制用アタッチメント40を下降させる。ストッパ片4014を後方側棚部材10Rに形成したスリットに挿入させつつ通路規制用アタッチメント40を下降させると商品転動面部401の前段、中段、後段に分散して設けた複数の当接片4013が商品収納棚10に当接する。この状態で通路規制用アタッチメント40を押し込んで商品転動面部401の前端に設けた嵌合部4011を前方側棚部材10Fの前端に設けた垂下部110に勘合させることにより通路規制用アタッチメント40の商品収納棚10への装着が完了する。ここで、嵌合部4011に設けた係合部4011aは前述したように通路規制用アタッチメント40を押し込む途中において前方側棚部材10Fの前端に設けた垂下部110の下端に干渉(当接)するように構成されている。このため、前述したように通路規制用アタッチメント40を押し込む途中において嵌合部4011に設けた係合部4011aは前方側棚部材10Fの前端に設けた垂下部110に干渉(当接)するが、この際に嵌合部4011が撓むことにより垂下部110を乗り超えることができ、前記垂下部110を乗り越えると嵌合部4011が元の状態に復元して垂下部110と干渉するようになる。したがって、通路規制用アタッチメント40を商品収納棚10に装着した状態で通路規制用アタッチメント40の嵌合部4011に設けた係合部4011aが抜け止めとして機能し、通路規制用アタッチメント40の脱落を防止することができる。 The attachment of the passage restriction attachment 40 to the product storage shelf 10 is provided at the front end of the product rolling surface portion 401 by placing the passage restriction attachment 40 above the product storage shelf 10 along the product storage passage 43. In a state where the engaging portion 4011a of the fitting portion 4011 is positioned on the front side of the hanging portion 110 at the front end of the front side shelf member 10F, the stopper piece 4014 is inserted into the slit formed in the rear side shelf member 10R so as to restrict the passage. The attachment 40 is lowered. When the passage regulating attachment 40 is lowered while the stopper piece 4014 is inserted into the slit formed in the rear shelf member 10R, a plurality of contact pieces 4013 provided in a distributed manner on the front, middle, and rear stages of the product rolling surface portion 401 are formed. It contacts the product storage shelf 10. In this state, the passage restricting attachment 40 is pushed in so that the fitting portion 4011 provided at the front end of the commodity rolling surface portion 401 is engaged with the hanging portion 110 provided at the front end of the front side shelf member 10F, whereby the passage restricting attachment 40 is provided. Installation on the product storage shelf 10 is completed. Here, the engaging portion 4011a provided in the fitting portion 4011 interferes (contacts) with the lower end of the hanging portion 110 provided at the front end of the front shelf member 10F in the middle of pushing the passage restriction attachment 40 as described above. It is configured as follows. For this reason, as described above, the engaging portion 4011a provided in the fitting portion 4011 in the middle of pushing the passage restricting attachment 40 interferes (contacts) with the hanging portion 110 provided at the front end of the front shelf member 10F. At this time, the fitting portion 4011 can be bent to get over the hanging portion 110, and when the hanging portion 110 is got over, the fitting portion 4011 is restored to its original state and interferes with the hanging portion 110. . Accordingly, the engagement portion 4011a provided in the fitting portion 4011 of the passage restriction attachment 40 in the state where the passage restriction attachment 40 is mounted on the commodity storage shelf 10 functions as a retaining member, and prevents the passage restriction attachment 40 from falling off. can do.
 前記商品収納棚10の後端(後方側棚部材10Rの後端)に近傍に配備される姿勢制御板47について図10により説明する。図10の(a)は姿勢制御板47を保持部材476に組付けた状態の斜視図、(b)は(a)の分解図である。 The attitude control plate 47 provided in the vicinity of the rear end of the commodity storage shelf 10 (the rear end of the rear side shelf member 10R) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10A is a perspective view of the state in which the posture control plate 47 is assembled to the holding member 476, and FIG. 10B is an exploded view of FIG.
 図10に示すように、姿勢制御板47は、薄板鋼板製の一枚の平板を加工してなり、当接部471、支持部472,473およびストッパ部474を有している。当接部471は、商品落下通路46を落下する商品と当接する部分であって、略矩平板状の当接面を有し、当接面には複数の通気孔471aが穿設されている。支持部472,473およびストッパ部474は、当接部471から延在して三股に分かれる態様で形成されている。支持部472,473はその自由端側が当接部471の平面に対して下方に離隔する態様で湾曲して延在する一方、ストッパ部474は当接部471の平面と同一平面上に延在している。支持部472,473は自由端側を中空円筒形状(カール状)に丸めて第1軸部472aと第2軸部473aとが形成してある。第1軸部472aと第2軸部473aとには棒状の軸部材475が挿通され、二股に分かれた支持部472,473の間には軸部材475が挿通されたコイルばね470が配設される。ストッパ部474の自由端側には、ストッパ部474の平面(当接部471の平面に同一)から直角に折り曲げてストッパ片474aが形成されている。このストッパ片474aは姿勢制御板47の当接部471が水平状態にある場合に、第1軸部472aと第2軸部473aより上方に位置している。 As shown in FIG. 10, the attitude control plate 47 is formed by processing a single flat plate made of a thin steel plate, and has a contact portion 471, support portions 472, 473, and a stopper portion 474. The abutting part 471 is a part that abuts the commodity falling through the commodity dropping passage 46, and has a substantially rectangular flat abutting surface, and a plurality of vent holes 471a are formed in the abutting surface. . The support portions 472 and 473 and the stopper portion 474 are formed so as to extend from the contact portion 471 and be divided into three forks. The support portions 472 and 473 extend in a curved manner in such a manner that the free end side is spaced downward with respect to the plane of the contact portion 471, while the stopper portion 474 extends on the same plane as the plane of the contact portion 471. is doing. The support portions 472 and 473 have a first shaft portion 472a and a second shaft portion 473a formed by rounding the free end side into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape). A rod-shaped shaft member 475 is inserted through the first shaft portion 472a and the second shaft portion 473a, and a coil spring 470 through which the shaft member 475 is inserted is disposed between the support portions 472 and 473 divided into two portions. The On the free end side of the stopper portion 474, a stopper piece 474a is formed by bending at a right angle from the plane of the stopper portion 474 (same as the plane of the contact portion 471). The stopper piece 474a is positioned above the first shaft portion 472a and the second shaft portion 473a when the contact portion 471 of the attitude control plate 47 is in a horizontal state.
 姿勢制御板47を保持する保持部材476は薄板鋼板製になる短冊状(左右方向に細長い平板状)の平板を加工してなり、長辺部側の一方を中空円筒形状(カール状)に丸めた円筒部477と平板部478とを有している。平板部478の左右両端にはラック側板41の板厚よりも大きな寸法の切り込みにより係止片478a,478aが形成されている。また、平板部478の左右両側と中央部には押出しにより後方側に突出した三角型の軸受部478b,478b,478bが形成され、右側(図10の場合には左側)の軸受部478bと中央部の軸受部478bとの間に開口部478cが形成され、開口部478cの正面視右斜め上方に三角状の係止部478dが形成されている。前記三角型の軸受部478b,478b,478bは軸部材475を保持するものであり、それぞれの左右両側にスリットを設けたうえで後方側に押し出すことにより、側面から見た場合に平板部478の板面を底辺とする三角型の挿通穴として形成され、この挿通穴に軸部材475が挿通されるものである。また、係止部478dはコイルばね470の一端を係止するものであり、この係止部478dも左右にスリットを形成して押し出すことにより、側面から見た場合に平板部478の板面を底辺とする三角型の係止穴として形成されている。なお、開口部478cはコイルばね470を配設することが可能な大きさに形成されている。 The holding member 476 for holding the attitude control plate 47 is formed by processing a strip-shaped (thin plate shape elongated in the left-right direction) flat plate made of a thin steel plate, and rounds one of the long side portions into a hollow cylindrical shape (curl shape). A cylindrical portion 477 and a flat plate portion 478. Locking pieces 478a and 478a are formed at the left and right ends of the flat plate portion 478 by cutting with a size larger than the thickness of the rack side plate 41. Further, triangular shaped bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b protruding rearward by extrusion are formed on the left and right sides and the center portion of the flat plate portion 478, and the right side (left side in FIG. 10) bearing portion 478b and the center are formed. An opening portion 478c is formed between the first and second bearing portions 478b, and a triangular locking portion 478d is formed obliquely right above the opening portion 478c as viewed from the front. The triangular bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b hold the shaft member 475, and are provided with slits on both the left and right sides, and are pushed out to the rear side. It is formed as a triangular insertion hole with the plate surface as the bottom, and the shaft member 475 is inserted through this insertion hole. The locking portion 478d locks one end of the coil spring 470, and the locking portion 478d is also formed by forming slits on the left and right sides to push out the plate surface of the flat plate portion 478 when viewed from the side. It is formed as a triangular locking hole that forms the bottom. The opening 478c is formed in a size that allows the coil spring 470 to be disposed.
 姿勢制御板47の保持部材476への取付けは、先ず、保持部材476の開口部478cにコイルばね470を配設する。この場合、コイルばね470には予め付勢力が付与されており、その一端を保持部材476の係止部478dに挿入して係止した状態でその他端を保持部材476の平板部478に当接させて付勢力を保った状態で粘着テープなどにより仮止めしておく。その後、姿勢制御板47の第1軸部472aを保持部材476の右側(図10の場合には左側)の軸受部478bと中央部の軸受部478bとの間に位置させるとともに姿勢制御板47の第2軸部473aを保持部材476の中央部の軸受部478bと左側(図10の場合には右側)の軸受部478bとの間に位置させる。この場合、コイルばね470、よび姿勢制御板47の第1軸部472a,第2軸部473aの中心線が保持部材476の軸受部478b,478b,478bの挿通穴と同一線上に位置させる。この状態で保持部材476の右側(図10の場合には左側)の軸受部478bの外側からは軸部材475を挿入し、順次、姿勢制御板47の第1軸部472a、コイルばね470、姿勢制御板47の第2軸部473a、保持部材476の中央部の軸受部478bおよび保持部材476の左側の軸受部478bに挿通させる。これにより、軸部材475が保持部材476の軸受部478b,478b,478bに保持される一方、姿勢制御板47が軸部材475を介して保持部材476と一体化される。この後、保持部材476の係止部478dに一端が係止されたコイルばね470の他端側を、当該コイルばね470を一端側に向けて圧縮させつつコイルばね470の他端を姿勢制御板47の支持部473の下面に潜らせて係止する。これにより、姿勢制御板47はコイルばね470により付勢力を付与されて右側面から見た場合に軸部材475を中心に反時計回り方向に回転する回動力を受けている。姿勢制御板47の回転は、姿勢制御板47のストッパ片474aが保持部材476の平板部478に当接することにより規制される。そして、姿勢制御板47の前記回転が規制された状態で姿勢制御板47は、その当接部471が保持部材476の平板部478に略直角の姿勢となるように構成されている。 To attach the attitude control plate 47 to the holding member 476, first, the coil spring 470 is disposed in the opening 478c of the holding member 476. In this case, a biasing force is applied to the coil spring 470 in advance, and one end of the coil spring 470 is inserted into the locking portion 478d of the holding member 476 and locked, and the other end is brought into contact with the flat plate portion 478 of the holding member 476. Temporarily fasten with adhesive tape or the like while maintaining the biasing force. Thereafter, the first shaft portion 472a of the posture control plate 47 is positioned between the bearing portion 478b on the right side (left side in the case of FIG. 10) of the holding member 476 and the bearing portion 478b in the central portion, and The second shaft portion 473a is positioned between the bearing portion 478b at the center of the holding member 476 and the bearing portion 478b on the left side (right side in the case of FIG. 10). In this case, the center lines of the coil spring 470 and the first shaft portion 472a and the second shaft portion 473a of the attitude control plate 47 are positioned on the same line as the insertion holes of the bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b of the holding member 476. In this state, the shaft member 475 is inserted from the outside of the bearing portion 478b on the right side (left side in the case of FIG. 10) of the holding member 476, and sequentially the first shaft portion 472a of the attitude control plate 47, the coil spring 470, and the attitude. The control plate 47 is inserted through the second shaft portion 473a, the bearing portion 478b at the center of the holding member 476, and the bearing portion 478b at the left side of the holding member 476. Accordingly, the shaft member 475 is held by the bearing portions 478b, 478b, and 478b of the holding member 476, while the attitude control plate 47 is integrated with the holding member 476 via the shaft member 475. Thereafter, the other end side of the coil spring 470 whose one end is locked to the locking portion 478d of the holding member 476 is compressed toward the one end side while the other end side of the coil spring 470 is compressed to the posture control plate. It is locked under the lower surface of the support portion 473 of 47. As a result, the posture control plate 47 is given a biasing force by the coil spring 470 and receives a rotational force that rotates counterclockwise around the shaft member 475 when viewed from the right side. The rotation of the posture control plate 47 is restricted by the stopper piece 474a of the posture control plate 47 coming into contact with the flat plate portion 478 of the holding member 476. In the state where the rotation of the posture control plate 47 is restricted, the posture control plate 47 is configured such that the contact portion 471 is in a posture substantially perpendicular to the flat plate portion 478 of the holding member 476.
 姿勢制御板47が装着された保持部材476は左右のラック側板41を構成する後方側ラック部材41Rの板面の後方寄りの位置に形成した上下方向に10個の保持部材取付け穴OP4(図3の参照符号「478a」と「477」の部位)に挿通して架設される。図10には保持部材取付け穴OP4を拡大して示し、保持部材取付け穴OP4は、保持部材476の円筒部477の端部が挿入される丸穴OP41と、平板部478の両端に形成した係止片478aが挿入される角穴OP42とからなるものである。そこで、保持部材476は、保持部材476の円筒部477の端部を丸穴OP41に挿入すると同時に保持部材476の係止片478aを角穴OP42に挿入したうえで後方側ラック部材41Rの外側に突出した係止片478aを後方側ラック部材41Rの板面に沿って折り曲げることにより左右のラック側板41,41に架設される。保持部材476を左右のラック側板41,41に架設した状態で姿勢制御板47はコイルばね470の付勢力により商品落下通路46に突出する突出位置して待機状態となる。そして、姿勢制御板47は、コイルばね470の付勢力により商品落下通路46を落下する商品により押し開かれて商品落下通路46から退避した後、商品落下通路46に突出した突出位置に自動的に復帰する。 The holding member 476 to which the attitude control plate 47 is attached has ten holding member mounting holes OP4 in the vertical direction formed at positions closer to the rear of the plate surface of the rear rack member 41R constituting the left and right rack side plates 41 (FIG. 3). The reference numerals “478a” and “477” of FIG. FIG. 10 shows the holding member mounting hole OP4 in an enlarged manner. The holding member mounting hole OP4 includes a round hole OP41 into which the end of the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 is inserted, and an engagement formed at both ends of the flat plate portion 478. It consists of a square hole OP42 into which the stop piece 478a is inserted. Therefore, the holding member 476 inserts the end of the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 into the round hole OP41 and simultaneously inserts the locking piece 478a of the holding member 476 into the square hole OP42, and then on the outside of the rear rack member 41R. The protruding locking pieces 478a are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 by bending along the plate surface of the rear side rack member 41R. With the holding member 476 mounted on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41, the attitude control plate 47 is in a standby state in which it protrudes into the product drop passage 46 by the urging force of the coil spring 470. Then, the attitude control plate 47 is automatically pushed to the protruding position protruding into the product dropping passage 46 after being pushed open by the product dropping the product dropping passage 46 by the urging force of the coil spring 470 and retracted from the product dropping passage 46. Return.
 最上段の商品収納棚10に画成された商品収納通路43の上方に配設されたメック係止部材100(図1,図4参照)は、その最上段の商品収納棚10に商品収納通路43に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出す商品搬出装置5を取付けるためのものである。この実施の形態においては商品収納棚10の後方側棚部材10Rをメック係止部材100として用いている。また、図4に示すようにこのメック係止部材100の上部には蓄冷材900が載置されている。 A mech locking member 100 (see FIGS. 1 and 4) disposed above the product storage passage 43 defined in the uppermost product storage shelf 10 is connected to the product storage passage 10 in the uppermost product storage shelf 10. This is for attaching a product carry-out device 5 for cutting out the products stored in 43 one by one. In this embodiment, the rear side shelf member 10 </ b> R of the product storage shelf 10 is used as the mech locking member 100. Further, as shown in FIG. 4, a regenerator material 900 is placed on the upper part of the mech locking member 100.
 次に、商品搬出装置5の構成について図11乃至図23を用いて説明する。前記商品搬出装置5は、この実施の形態では図11,図12に示すように、商品搬出装置5A,5Bを備えている。この実施の形態の商品搬出装置5A,5Bは、前述した仕切部材42により区画設定された商品コラムCL,CR(図5参照)に対応するものである。商品搬出装置5A,5Bは、それぞれ払出機構50A,50Bと、この払出機構50A,50Bを駆動する共通のモータ駆動ユニット(駆動手段)70と、払出機構50A,50Bに対応してそれぞれ売切検出スイッチ91(図21、図22参照)を内蔵する2個の配線ガイド部材90,90とを備えている。なお、商品搬出装置5A,5Bにおける払出機構50A,50B、売切検出スイッチ91を内蔵する配線ガイド部材90,90とはそれぞれ同一構成になるものであり、以下の説明では主に払出機構50A側の部品について説明し、両者に同一のものには「A」「B」の符号を割愛し、両者を区別する場合に「A」「B」の符号を付して説明するものとする。 Next, the configuration of the product carry-out device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. In the present embodiment, the product carry-out device 5 includes product carry-out devices 5A and 5B as shown in FIGS. The product carry-out devices 5A and 5B of this embodiment correspond to the product columns CL and CR (see FIG. 5) set by the partition member 42 described above. The commodity carry-out devices 5A and 5B detect the sold-out corresponding to the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B, the common motor drive unit (drive means) 70 for driving the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B, and the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B, respectively. Two wiring guide members 90 and 90 each including a switch 91 (see FIGS. 21 and 22) are provided. Note that the delivery mechanisms 50A and 50B and the wiring guide members 90 and 90 containing the sold-out detection switch 91 in the product carry-out devices 5A and 5B have the same configuration. In the following description, the delivery mechanism 50A side is mainly used. The parts “A” and “B” are omitted from the same parts, and the parts “A” and “B” are attached when they are distinguished from each other.
 商品搬出装置5の払出機構50は、商品収納通路43に出没自在に回動軸57,57A(図13等参照)に軸支されるとともに販売商品(後述する図30の販売商品G1若しくは図31の販売商品g1)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品G1(g1)の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路43から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けた第1ストッパ部材52(図13等参照)と、商品収納通路43に出没自在に前記回動軸57,57Aに軸支されるとともに商品収納通路43から退避する退避位置と販売商品G1に続く次販売商品G2(g2)(後述する図30の販売商品G2若しくは図32の販売商品g2)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けた第2ストッパ部材53(図13等参照)と、前記第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させる後部リンクピン55(図13等参照)および前部リンクピン56(図13等参照)を支持し、復帰ばね540(図13等参照)によって後退位置に向けて付勢されたリンク機構54などからなる。そして、払出機構50は回動軸57,後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56を保持するための機構部保持部材51および回動軸57Aを保持する機構部保持部材51Aを備えている。前記機構部保持部材51,51Aに保持された回動軸57,57Aを介して第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53が回動自在に取付けられ、前記機構部保持部材51に保持された後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56を介してリンク機構54が前後方向に移動自在に取付けられている。なお、機構部保持部材51と機構部保持部材51Aおよび回動軸57と回動軸57Aの構造は同一であるので、以下では機構部保持部材51,回動軸57について説明し、機構部保持部材51A,回動軸57Aの説明については割愛する。 The payout mechanism 50 of the product carry-out device 5 is pivotally supported on the rotation shafts 57 and 57A (see FIG. 13 and the like) so as to be able to move in and out of the product storage passage 43 and sold products (sales products G1 in FIG. 30 described later or FIG. 31). The product can be moved between a protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage 43 in a manner that holds the sales product g1) and a retreat position that retreats from the product storage passage 43 in a manner that releases the holding of the sales product G1 (g1). The provided first stopper member 52 (see FIG. 13 and the like), the retraction position where the product is stored in the merchandise storage passage 43 and pivotally supported by the rotating shafts 57 and 57A and retracted from the merchandise storage passage 43, and the sales product G1. The second next sale product G2 (g2) (the sale product G2 in FIG. 30 to be described later or the sale product g2 in FIG. 32 to be described later) is held in a manner movably provided between the projecting positions projecting in the product storage passage 43. A stopper member 53 (see FIG. 13, etc.), a rear link pin 55 (see FIG. 13, etc.) and a front link pin 56 (see FIG. 13, etc.) for moving the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 to the protruding position and the retracted position. 13), and a link mechanism 54 that is urged toward a retracted position by a return spring 540 (see FIG. 13). The payout mechanism 50 includes a mechanism holding member 51 for holding the rotating shaft 57, the rear link pin 55, and the front link pin 56, and a mechanism holding member 51A for holding the rotating shaft 57A. The first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are rotatably attached via the rotating shafts 57 and 57A held by the mechanism holding members 51 and 51A, and are held by the mechanism holding member 51. A link mechanism 54 is attached so as to be movable in the front-rear direction via a rear link pin 55 and a front link pin 56. The mechanism holding member 51 and the mechanism holding member 51A, and the rotation shaft 57 and the rotation shaft 57A have the same structure. Therefore, the mechanism holding member 51 and the rotation shaft 57 will be described below. The description of the member 51A and the rotation shaft 57A is omitted.
 機構部保持部材51は、図14に示すように、底面と前後面が開口した箱形をなし、天井壁511と左右側壁512,513を備えてなる。前記左側壁512に連ねて、当該左側壁512とともに凹状溝を形成する態様でガイド壁514が設けられている。ガイド壁514の先端側(自由端側)は外方に直角に折り曲げて水平面をなす取付け片5141として形成され、その取付け片5141にはねじ孔5141aが穿設されている。前記右側壁513には当該右側壁513とともに凹状溝を形成する態様でガイド壁515が設けられている。ガイド壁515の先端側(自由端側)は外方に直角に折り曲げて水平面をなす取付け片5151として形成され、その取付け片5151にはねじ孔5151aが穿設されている。 As shown in FIG. 14, the mechanism holding member 51 has a box shape with an open bottom and front and back surfaces, and includes a ceiling wall 511 and left and right side walls 512 and 513. A guide wall 514 is provided in such a manner that a concave groove is formed together with the left side wall 512 in a manner to form a concave groove. The distal end side (free end side) of the guide wall 514 is formed as a mounting piece 5141 which is bent outward at a right angle to form a horizontal plane, and a screw hole 5141a is formed in the mounting piece 5141. The right wall 513 is provided with a guide wall 515 in a manner that a concave groove is formed together with the right wall 513. The front end side (free end side) of the guide wall 515 is formed as a mounting piece 5151 that is bent outward at a right angle to form a horizontal plane, and the mounting piece 5151 has a screw hole 5151a.
 前記左右側壁512,513には、前後方向に延在する長穴516,517が段違いに設けられている。長穴517は左右側壁512,513に直接形成されているのに対し、長穴516は左右側壁512,513に穿った窓5121,5131(図15参照)に嵌め込まれる合成樹脂製の軸受部材501,502に形成されている。前記長穴516,517は、商品搬出装置5の払出機構50に関わるリンク機構54に支持された後部リンクピン55,前部リンクピン56をそれぞれ前後方向にスライド移動可能に支持するものである。また、前記左右側壁512,513およびガイド壁514,515には、前記長穴516の後方側であって前記長穴517の下方位置に支軸穴518が形成されている。各支軸穴518は左右側壁512,513とガイド壁514,515との間に形成される凹状溝の底壁にまで延在して形成されている。前記各支軸穴518は、前記第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53に関わる共通の回動軸57を支持するものである。なお、機構部保持部材51Aには軸受部材501,502は設けられていない。 The left and right side walls 512 and 513 are provided with elongated holes 516 and 517 extending in the front-rear direction. The elongated hole 517 is formed directly in the left and right side walls 512 and 513, whereas the elongated hole 516 is a synthetic resin bearing member 501 fitted into the windows 5121 and 5131 (see FIG. 15) formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513. , 502. The long holes 516 and 517 support the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 supported by the link mechanism 54 related to the payout mechanism 50 of the commodity carry-out device 5 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction. The left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 are formed with support shaft holes 518 on the rear side of the elongated holes 516 and below the elongated holes 517. Each support shaft hole 518 extends to the bottom wall of a concave groove formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515. Each of the support shaft holes 518 supports a common rotating shaft 57 related to the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53. Note that the bearing members 501 and 502 are not provided on the mechanism holding member 51A.
 前記軸受部材501は、図15の(b)に示すように本体部5011と脚片部5012からなり、本体部5011に長穴516が形成され、脚片部5012には軸挿通穴501aが形成されている。長穴516が形成された本体部5011の一側面(正面視右側面)には、機構部保持部材51の左側壁512に穿った窓5121の形状に一致し、かつ、左右側壁512,513の板厚に相当する高さの嵌合部5013を有し、この嵌合部5013の後端下部に下方を向く態様の引掛け爪501bが形成されている。また、本体部5011の前縁には右を向く態様の引掛け爪501cが形成されている。軸受部材501は、引掛け爪501bを左側壁512の窓5121の窓縁に引っ掛ける態様で嵌合部5013を前記窓5212に嵌合させつつ引掛け爪501cを左側壁512に形成した係止角穴5122(図14の(b)参照)に係合させることにより左側壁512に係止固定される。この場合、脚片部5012に設けた軸挿通穴501aが左側壁512に形成した前記支軸穴518と同軸上に位置しており、軸挿通穴501aに回動軸57が挿通されることにより軸受部材501の脱落が防止されるように構成されている。なお、軸受部材502は軸受部材501と左右対称の構成を有するものであり、図15の(a)に示すように、嵌合部5023,軸挿通穴502a,引掛け爪502bおよび引掛け爪502cを備えている(嵌合部5023および引掛け爪502cは図では本体部5021に隠れて見えないので引出線を点線で示している)。この軸受部材502も軸受部材501と同様の作業により右側壁513に係止固定されるものである。 As shown in FIG. 15B, the bearing member 501 includes a main body portion 5011 and a leg piece portion 5012, an elongated hole 516 is formed in the main body portion 5011, and a shaft insertion hole 501 a is formed in the leg piece portion 5012. Has been. One side surface (right side surface in front view) of the main body portion 5011 in which the elongated hole 516 is formed matches the shape of the window 5121 drilled in the left side wall 512 of the mechanism unit holding member 51, and the left and right side walls 512 and 513 A hooking claw 501b having a fitting portion 5013 having a height corresponding to the plate thickness and facing downward is formed at the lower rear end of the fitting portion 5013. Further, a hooking claw 501c facing right is formed on the front edge of the main body 5011. The bearing member 501 has a locking angle in which the hooking claw 501c is formed on the left wall 512 while the fitting portion 5013 is fitted to the window 5212 in such a manner that the hooking claw 501b is hooked on the window edge of the window 5121 of the left wall 512. By engaging with the hole 5122 (see FIG. 14B), it is locked and fixed to the left side wall 512. In this case, the shaft insertion hole 501a provided in the leg piece portion 5012 is positioned coaxially with the support shaft hole 518 formed in the left side wall 512, and the rotation shaft 57 is inserted into the shaft insertion hole 501a. The bearing member 501 is configured to be prevented from falling off. The bearing member 502 has a symmetrical configuration with the bearing member 501, and as shown in FIG. 15A, the fitting portion 5023, the shaft insertion hole 502a, the hooking claw 502b, and the hooking claw 502c. (The fitting portion 5023 and the hooking claw 502c are hidden behind the main body portion 5021 and cannot be seen in the figure, so the leader line is indicated by a dotted line). This bearing member 502 is also locked and fixed to the right side wall 513 by the same operation as the bearing member 501.
 また、前記軸受部材501,502に形成された長穴516,516は、図15の(b)に示すように、前後方向の後端部(前後方向にスライド移動する後部リンクピン55の後退位置に相当する部分)においては、支軸穴518に対応する軸挿通穴501a,502aから離隔する方向に湾曲する態様で形成された荷重軽減部5161を設けている。この荷重軽減部5161は後退位置(長穴516の後端部)に移動した状態で支軸穴518に挿通される回動軸57を支点として回動する第1ストッパ部材52を商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置に保持(ロック)する後部リンクピン55が受ける商品荷重を、支軸穴518に挿通される回動軸57から離隔する方向に移動させることにより軽減するものである。そして、後部リンクピン55が受ける商品荷重が軽減されることによりロック状態を解除する力をも低減することが可能である。 Further, as shown in FIG. 15B, the long holes 516 and 516 formed in the bearing members 501 and 502 are rear end portions in the front-rear direction (retracted positions of the rear link pins 55 that slide and move in the front-rear direction). Is provided with a load reducing portion 5161 formed so as to bend in a direction away from the shaft insertion holes 501a and 502a corresponding to the support shaft hole 518. The load reducing portion 5161 moves the first stopper member 52 that rotates about the rotation shaft 57 inserted into the support shaft hole 518 while moving to the retracted position (rear end portion of the long hole 516) to the product storage passage 43. The product load received by the rear link pin 55 held (locked) at the protruding position protruding in the direction is reduced by moving the product load in a direction away from the rotating shaft 57 inserted through the support shaft hole 518. And it is possible to reduce the force which cancels a locked state by reducing the product load which the rear link pin 55 receives.
 また、左右側壁512,513とガイド壁514,515との間に形成される凹状溝の底壁には前記支軸穴518に近接して開口部519が形成されている。この開口部519には、後述する図16に示した第1ストッパ部材52の突起525が臨むように構成されている。 Further, an opening 519 is formed in the bottom wall of the concave groove formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 in the vicinity of the support shaft hole 518. The opening 519 is configured such that a projection 525 of the first stopper member 52 shown in FIG.
 なお、前記機構部保持部材51に設けた長穴517および支軸穴518の穴周縁はヘミング加工若しくはバーリング加工を施して前部リンクピン56および回動軸57との摩擦を低減するように構成されている。また、実施の形態では長穴516については合成樹脂製の軸受部材501,502に形成するように構成しているが、長穴517と同様に左右側壁512,513に直接形成してもよいものである。 Note that the peripheral edges of the elongated hole 517 and the support shaft hole 518 provided in the mechanism portion holding member 51 are subjected to hemming processing or burring processing to reduce friction between the front link pin 56 and the rotating shaft 57. Has been. In the embodiment, the elongated holes 516 are formed in the synthetic resin bearing members 501 and 502. However, the elongated holes 516 may be directly formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 similarly to the elongated holes 517. It is.
 機構部保持部材51における天井壁511の後端側には左右一対の開口511a,511aが形成され、また、天井壁511の前方寄りには天窓511bが形成されている。前記開口511a,511aは後述する第1ストッパ部材52の軸受部522(後述する図16参照)の逃げ穴を構成するものであり、前記天窓511bは、リンク機構54を後退位置に向けて付勢する復帰ばね540との干渉を避けるためのものである。前記天窓511bの後縁には下方に延在する舌片511cが形成され、天井壁511から舌片511cに跨る係止穴511dを設けている。この係止穴511dは、前記復帰ばね540の一端が係止されるものである。さらに、天窓511bの前方域の天井壁511には下方に突出するリブ5111(この実施の形態では5個のリブ)が前後方向に延在する態様で形成されている。 A pair of left and right openings 511 a and 511 a are formed on the rear end side of the ceiling wall 511 in the mechanism holding member 51, and a skylight 511 b is formed near the front of the ceiling wall 511. The openings 511a and 511a constitute escape holes of a bearing portion 522 (see FIG. 16 described later) of the first stopper member 52 described later, and the skylight 511b biases the link mechanism 54 toward the retracted position. This is to avoid interference with the return spring 540. A tongue piece 511c extending downward is formed at the rear edge of the skylight 511b, and a locking hole 511d extending from the ceiling wall 511 to the tongue piece 511c is provided. The locking hole 511d is for locking one end of the return spring 540. Furthermore, ribs 5111 (five ribs in this embodiment) projecting downward are formed on the ceiling wall 511 in the front area of the skylight 511b so as to extend in the front-rear direction.
 なお、左側壁512に連ねて設けたガイド壁514に穿設したガイド穴514a(図15の(a)参照)、および右側壁513に連ねて設けたガイド壁515に穿設したガイド穴515a(図14の(b)参照)は、左右側壁512,513に設けた支軸穴518に回動軸57を架設する際に用いられるものである。また、左側壁512に連ねて設けたガイド壁514に穿設したガイド穴514b,514c(図15の(a)参照)、および右側壁513に連ねて設けたガイド壁515に穿設したガイド穴515b,515c(図14の(b)参照)は、左右側壁512,513に設けた長穴516,517に後部リンクピン55,前部リンクピン56を架設する際に用いられるものである。 A guide hole 514a (see FIG. 15A) drilled in the guide wall 514 provided continuously with the left side wall 512, and a guide hole 515a (see FIG. 15A) drilled in the guide wall 515 provided with the right side wall 513. FIG. 14B is used when the rotation shaft 57 is installed in the support hole 518 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513. Further, guide holes 514b and 514c (see FIG. 15A) drilled in the guide wall 514 provided continuously to the left side wall 512, and guide holes provided in the guide wall 515 provided to continue to the right side wall 513. 515b and 515c (see FIG. 14B) are used when the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are installed in the long holes 516 and 517 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513, respectively.
 機構部保持部材51は、左右側壁512,513およびガイド壁514,515に形成した支軸穴518に保持される回動軸57により第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53を軸支し、左右側壁512,513に形成した長穴516,517に挿通される後部リンクピン55,前部リンクピン56にリンク機構54を連結させたうえでガイド壁514、515から外方に延在する取付け片5141,5151を、前述した後方側棚部材10Rの後方寄りに窪み部として形成した固定部125,126(図7では右側の固定部125,126)の背面に当接させた後、その窪み部の底面に設けたねじ挿通穴125a,126aを介して前記取付け片5141,5151に設けたねじ孔5141a,5151aにねじを螺合させることにより商品収納棚10に直付けされる。その一方、機構部保持部材51Aは、左右側壁512,513およびガイド壁514,515に形成した支軸穴518に保持される回動軸57Aにより第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53を軸支し、ガイド壁514、515から外方に延在する取付け片5141,5151を、前述した後方側棚部材10Rの後方寄りに窪み部として形成した固定部126,127(図7では右側の固定部126,127)の背面に当接させた後、その窪み部の底面に設けたねじ挿通穴127a,128aを介して前記取付け片5141,5151に設けたねじ孔5141a,5151aにねじを螺合させることにより商品収納棚10に直付けされる。 The mechanism portion holding member 51 pivotally supports the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 by a rotation shaft 57 held in a support shaft hole 518 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515. An attachment that extends outward from the guide walls 514 and 515 after the link mechanism 54 is connected to the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 that are inserted into the long holes 516 and 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513. After the pieces 5141 and 5151 are brought into contact with the back surfaces of the fixing portions 125 and 126 (the right- side fixing portions 125 and 126 in FIG. 7) formed as depressions near the rear side shelf member 10R, the depressions are formed. Screws are screwed into the screw holes 5141a and 5151a provided in the mounting pieces 5141 and 5151 through the screw insertion holes 125a and 126a provided in the bottom surface of the part. It is directly attached to the commodity storage shelf 10 by the. On the other hand, the mechanism portion holding member 51A pivots the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 by the rotation shaft 57A held in the support shaft holes 518 formed in the left and right side walls 512, 513 and the guide walls 514, 515. Fixing portions 126 and 127 (supported on the right side in FIG. 7) are formed by attaching mounting pieces 5141 and 5151 extending outward from the guide walls 514 and 515 as recessed portions toward the rear of the rear shelf member 10R described above. And then screwed into the screw holes 5141a and 5151a provided in the mounting pieces 5141 and 5151 through the screw insertion holes 127a and 128a provided in the bottom surface of the recessed portion. As a result, the product storage shelf 10 is directly attached.
 商品搬出装置5における払出機構50を構成する第1ストッパ部材52は、図16に示すように、縦断面凹状に形成された横長の保持部521と、この保持部521の基端側から保持部521と反対方向に延在する対の軸受部522,522を備えた軸受部520とを一体に形成した合成樹脂(たとえば、ポリアセタール)製になる。対の軸受部522,522を備えた軸受部520は、横長の保持部521の左右に振り分けて形成されている。前記軸受部520を構成するそれぞれ対の軸受部522,522の間の寸法は、前述した機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513の間の寸法よりも小さく定められている。前記対の軸受部522,522には異形孔523と軸挿通穴524が形成されている。前記軸挿通穴524は、第1ストッパ部材52の回動支点となる回動軸57(57A)を挿通するためのものである。回動軸57には、捻りコイルばね570(図13参照)が巻装され、第1ストッパ部材52は、この捻りコイルばね570の弾性付勢力によって商品収納通路43への突出位置に向けて常に付勢されている。前記異形孔523は、リンク機構54に支持された後部リンクピン55の端部を摺動させ、後部リンクピン55の前後方向へのスライド移動を許容するとともに後部リンクピン55と協働して第1ストッパ部材52の動作範囲を規制するためのものである。そして、この異形孔523は、後退位置(機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513に設けた長穴516の後端位置)にスライド移動した後部リンクピン55と当接して第1ストッパ部材52を商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックするロック溝部523a(後述する図29も参照)を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 16, the first stopper member 52 constituting the payout mechanism 50 in the product carry-out device 5 includes a horizontally long holding portion 521 formed in a concave shape in the longitudinal section, and a holding portion from the base end side of the holding portion 521. It is made of a synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal) integrally formed with a bearing portion 520 having a pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 extending in the opposite direction to 521. The bearing portion 520 including the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 is formed by being distributed to the left and right of the horizontally long holding portion 521. The dimension between each pair of bearing parts 522 and 522 constituting the bearing part 520 is determined to be smaller than the dimension between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism part holding member 51 described above. A deformed hole 523 and a shaft insertion hole 524 are formed in the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522. The shaft insertion hole 524 is for inserting the rotation shaft 57 (57A) that is the rotation fulcrum of the first stopper member 52. A torsion coil spring 570 (see FIG. 13) is wound around the rotation shaft 57, and the first stopper member 52 is always directed toward the protruding position into the product storage passage 43 by the elastic biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570. It is energized. The deformed hole 523 slides the end portion of the rear link pin 55 supported by the link mechanism 54, allows the rear link pin 55 to slide in the front-rear direction, and cooperates with the rear link pin 55. 1 for restricting the operating range of the stopper member 52. The deformed hole 523 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 slidably moved to the retracted position (the rear end position of the long hole 516 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51). Is provided with a lock groove portion 523a (see also FIG. 29 described later) for locking at a protruding position protruding in the product storage passage 43.
 また、第1ストッパ部材52は、左右の軸受部520おける対の軸受部522,522の外方寄りに保持部521と反対方向に延在する突起525,525をそれぞれ備えている。これらの突起525,525の間の間隔は、前述した機構部保持部材51における左右側壁512,513とガイド壁514,515との間に形成される凹状溝の間の間隔に一致している。そして、これらの突起525,525は、第1ストッパ部材52が回動軸57を中心に商品収納通路43に突出するように回動して最大開度に開いた際に前述した機構部保持部材51における左右側壁512,513とガイド壁514,515との間に形成される凹状溝の底壁に形成した開口部519,519に進入するように構成されている。 The first stopper member 52 includes protrusions 525 and 525 extending in the opposite direction to the holding portion 521 on the outer side of the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 in the left and right bearing portions 520, respectively. The interval between the protrusions 525 and 525 is equal to the interval between the concave grooves formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 in the mechanism holding member 51 described above. The protrusions 525 and 525 are the above-mentioned mechanism holding members when the first stopper member 52 is rotated so that the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 around the rotation shaft 57 and is opened to the maximum opening degree. 51 is configured to enter openings 519 and 519 formed in the bottom wall of a concave groove formed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515.
 前記第1ストッパ部材52にはストッパ用アタッチメント60(図17,図18参照)を取り付けることができるように構成されている。ストッパ用アタッチメント60は第1ストッパ部材52が販売商品を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出した状態で販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口側に寄せるものである。このストッパ用アタッチメント60を取り付けるため、第1ストッパ部材52の横長の保持部521には対の取付孔5211,5211が左右に振り分けて設けられている。対の取付孔5211,5211は保持部521を貫通する孔として形成されている。 The first stopper member 52 is configured such that a stopper attachment 60 (see FIGS. 17 and 18) can be attached thereto. The stopper attachment 60 moves the standby position of the sold product toward the product input port side in a state in which the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage in a manner to hold the sold product. In order to attach the stopper attachment 60, a pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211 are provided on the horizontally long holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 so as to be distributed to the left and right. The pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211 are formed as holes that penetrate the holding portion 521.
 前記ストッパ用アタッチメント60は、図17に示すように、第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の厚みを増加する態様の本体部61と、本体部61の上下方向中間に位置して背面側に突出する左右一対のアーム62,62とを備えた合成樹脂製になる。本体部61の下縁両側には背面側に突出する係止爪611,611が設けられている。本体部61の背面は第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の形状に一致する形態をなしており、本体部61の背面が保持部521に密着できるように構成されている。左右一対のアーム62,62は、第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521に設けた対の取付孔5211,5211の間隔と略同一の間隔を有して前記対の取付孔5211,5211を貫通可能な半円状をなし、対の取付孔5211,5211を貫通した状態で左右一対のアーム62,62の半円状の外周縁が取付孔5211,5211の内壁に接するように形成されている。この左右一対のアーム62,62は可撓性を有しており、それらの自由端に互いの外側から内側に向かう方向の外力を加えると互いに接近するように撓むものである。また、アーム62,62には第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の板面に当接する態様で外方を向くストッパ621,621が形成されるとともに前記ストッパ621,621から予め定められた間隔をあけて半円状の外周縁から外方に出っ張る係合部622,622が形成されている。前記予め定められた間隔とは第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521における取付孔5211,5211が穿設された部位の板厚に相当する。前記係合部622,622は、ストッパ621,621に近接する部位が一番高く、アーム62,62の先端(自由端)に向かうにしたがって高さが漸減し、アーム62,62の先端(自由端)の部位がアーム62,62の半円状の周縁に一致する態様で傾斜しているものである。 As shown in FIG. 17, the stopper attachment 60 has a main body portion 61 that increases the thickness of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52. And a pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 made of synthetic resin. Locking claws 611 and 611 are provided on both sides of the lower edge of the main body 61 so as to protrude to the back side. The back surface of the main body portion 61 has a form that matches the shape of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52, and is configured such that the back surface of the main body portion 61 can be in close contact with the holding portion 521. The pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 can pass through the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 with substantially the same spacing as the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 provided in the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52. The semicircular outer peripheries of the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 are formed in contact with the inner walls of the mounting holes 5211, 5211 in a state of forming a semicircular shape and penetrating the pair of mounting holes 5211, 5211. The pair of left and right arms 62, 62 have flexibility, and bend so as to approach each other when an external force in a direction from the outside toward the inside is applied to their free ends. Further, the arms 62 and 62 are formed with stoppers 621 and 621 that face outwardly in a manner in contact with the plate surface of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52, and have a predetermined interval from the stoppers 621 and 621. Engagement portions 622 and 622 are formed to open and project outward from the semicircular outer peripheral edge. The predetermined interval corresponds to the thickness of the portion of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 where the attachment holes 5211 and 5211 are formed. The engaging portions 622 and 622 are the highest in the vicinity of the stoppers 621 and 621, and the height gradually decreases toward the tips (free ends) of the arms 62 and 62, and the tips of the arms 62 and 62 (free). The end portion is inclined so as to coincide with the semicircular peripheral edges of the arms 62 and 62.
 前記ストッパ用アタッチメント60の第1ストッパ部材52への取り付けは、図18の(a)に示すように、ストッパ用アタッチメント60の背面を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521に対峙させた状態で、ストッパ用アタッチメント60の左右一対のアーム62,62を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の対の取付孔5211,5211に挿入する。この場合、左右一対のアーム62,62にはその半円状の外周縁から外方に出っ張る係合部622,622が形成されているが、係合部622,622はアーム62,62の先端(自由端)に向かうにしたがって高さが漸減し、アーム62,62の先端(自由端)位置ではアーム62,62の半円状の周縁に一致するように形成されているので、左右一対のアーム62,62を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の対の取付孔5211,5211への挿入を阻害することはない。そして、ストッパ用アタッチメント60の左右一対のアーム62,62を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の対の取付孔5211,5211に貫通させつつ、本体部61の下縁両側に設けた係止爪611,611を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の下方に潜り込ませる態様で係合させる。前記ストッパ用アタッチメント60の左右一対のアーム62,62を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の対の取付孔5211,5211に貫通させる途中においてアーム62,62に設けた係合部622,622によりアーム62,62は互いに接近するように撓み、前記係合部622,622が取付孔5211,5211を乗り越えた段階でアーム62,62が元の状態に復元する。このアーム62,62の元の状態への復元により係合部622,622が保持部521に引っ掛かると同時にストッパ621,621が保持部521の板面に密着する。これにより、図18の(b)および図18の(c)に示すように、ストッパ621,621と係合部622,622とが保持部521を挟み付けるとともに係止爪611,611が保持部521の下縁に係合してストッパ用アタッチメント60は第1ストッパ部材52に密着した状態で取り付けられる。 The stopper attachment 60 is attached to the first stopper member 52 with the back surface of the stopper attachment 60 facing the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 as shown in FIG. The pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 of the stopper attachment 60 are inserted into the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52. In this case, the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 are formed with engaging portions 622, 622 that protrude outward from the semicircular outer peripheral edge, but the engaging portions 622, 622 are the tips of the arms 62, 62. Since the height gradually decreases toward the (free end) and is formed so as to coincide with the semicircular peripheral edges of the arms 62, 62 at the tip (free end) positions of the arms 62, 62, a pair of left and right The arms 62 and 62 do not hinder the insertion of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 into the pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211. The pair of left and right arms 62, 62 of the stopper attachment 60 are passed through the pair of mounting holes 5211, 5211 of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52, and the locking claws provided on both sides of the lower edge of the main body portion 61. The 611 and 611 are engaged with each other in a manner of being submerged below the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52. Engaging portions 622 and 622 provided on the arms 62 and 62 in the middle of passing the pair of left and right arms 62 and 62 of the stopper attachment 60 through the pair of mounting holes 5211 and 5211 of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52. The arms 62 and 62 are bent so as to approach each other, and the arms 62 and 62 are restored to the original state when the engaging portions 622 and 622 get over the mounting holes 5211 and 5211. Due to the restoration of the arms 62 and 62 to the original state, the engaging portions 622 and 622 are hooked on the holding portion 521, and at the same time, the stoppers 621 and 621 are brought into close contact with the plate surface of the holding portion 521. Accordingly, as shown in FIGS. 18B and 18C, the stoppers 621 and 621 and the engaging portions 622 and 622 sandwich the holding portion 521, and the locking claws 611 and 611 are holding portions. The stopper attachment 60 is attached in close contact with the first stopper member 52 by engaging with the lower edge of 521.
 第1ストッパ部材52に取り付けたストッパ用アタッチメント60の取り外しは、を第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521の背面側に突き出した左右一対のアーム62,62の自由端を指で摘まみ、左右一対のアーム62,62を互いに接近させる方向の外力を加えて撓ませて係合部622,622の保持部521への引っ掛かりを解除しつつ本体部61を前方に移動させてアーム62,62を保持部521の対の取付孔5211,5211から離脱させればよい。このように、ストッパ用アタッチメント60は第1ストッパ部材52に着脱自在に取り付けることができるものである。 The stopper attachment 60 attached to the first stopper member 52 is removed by picking the free ends of the pair of left and right arms 62, 62 protruding to the back side of the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 with a finger. The arms 62, 62 are bent by applying an external force in a direction in which the arms 62, 62 approach each other, and the main body 61 is moved forward while the engagement portions 622, 622 are released from the holding portion 521, thereby holding the arms 62, 62. What is necessary is just to make it detach | leave from the pair of attachment holes 5211 and 5211 of the part 521. FIG. Thus, the stopper attachment 60 can be detachably attached to the first stopper member 52.
 商品搬出装置5における払出機構50を構成する第2ストッパ部材53は、合成樹脂(例えば、ポリアセタール)製になり、図19に示すように、基端部側に形成された軸挿通穴532,532を備えた対の軸支部531,531と、先端側に形成された商品の保持部533と、基端部と先端の保持部533との間の胴部530に形成した対のストッパ壁534,534が一体成形されている。対の軸支部531,531と対のストッパ壁534,534は左右に振り分けて形成されている。対のストッパ壁534,534には凹状の摺動溝534a,534aが形成され、この摺動溝534aに連ねてストッパ面534b,534bが形成されている。対の軸支部531,531の間の寸法は、第1ストッパ部材52の軸挿通穴524,524が設けられた対の軸受部522,522の間の寸法よりも大きく、かつ、前述した機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513の間の寸法よりも小さく定められている。 The 2nd stopper member 53 which comprises the discharge mechanism 50 in the goods carrying-out apparatus 5 becomes a product made from a synthetic resin (for example, polyacetal), and as shown in FIG. 19, the shaft insertion holes 532 and 532 formed in the base end part side. A pair of shaft support portions 531, 531, a product holding portion 533 formed on the distal end side, and a pair of stopper walls 534 formed on the body portion 530 between the base end portion and the distal end holding portion 533. 534 is integrally formed. The pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 and the pair of stopper walls 534 and 534 are formed so as to be distributed to the left and right. Recessed sliding grooves 534a and 534a are formed in the pair of stopper walls 534 and 534, and stopper surfaces 534b and 534b are formed continuously to the sliding groove 534a. The dimension between the pair of shaft support parts 531 and 531 is larger than the dimension between the pair of bearing parts 522 and 522 in which the shaft insertion holes 524 and 524 of the first stopper member 52 are provided. It is set smaller than the dimension between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the holding member 51.
 対の軸支部531,531に形成され軸挿通穴532,532は、回動軸57(57A)を挿通するためのものである。前記保持部533は、第2ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43に突出した際に商品と当接して当該商品を保持するものである。また、対のストッパ壁534,534に形成した凹状の摺動溝534a,534aは、前後方向にスライド移動する前部リンクピン56が摺動可能であり、後退位置(機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513に設けた長穴517の後端位置)にスライド移動した前部リンクピン56を受け入れて第2ストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43から退避した退避位置にロックし、前部リンクピン56が後退位置から前方にスライド移動する際に第2ストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43に向けて押し出すものである。また、前記ストッパ壁534,534における摺動溝534a,534aに連なるストッパ面534b,534bは、前進位置(機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513に設けた長穴517の前端位置)にスライド移動した前部リンクピン56に当接して商品収納通路43に突出した第2ストッパ部材53が退避位置に向けて移動するのを阻止して当該第2ストッパ部材53を突出位置でロックするものである。 The shaft insertion holes 532 and 532 formed in the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 are for inserting the rotation shaft 57 (57A). The holding portion 533 is configured to abut the product and hold the product when the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43. The concave sliding grooves 534a and 534a formed in the pair of stopper walls 534 and 534 are slidable by the front link pin 56 that slides in the front-rear direction. The front link pin 56 slid and moved to the rear end position of the long hole 517 provided in the side walls 512 and 513 is received, and the second stopper member 53 is locked at the retracted position retracted from the product storage passage 43, and the front link pin The second stopper member 53 is pushed out toward the product storage passage 43 when 56 is slid forward from the retracted position. Further, the stopper surfaces 534b and 534b connected to the sliding grooves 534a and 534a in the stopper walls 534 and 534 slide to the advance positions (front end positions of the long holes 517 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51). The second stopper member 53 that contacts the moved front link pin 56 and protrudes into the product storage passage 43 is prevented from moving toward the retracted position, and the second stopper member 53 is locked at the protruding position. is there.
 なお、第2ストッパ部材53の対の軸支部531,531の外周縁にはストッパ片535が径外方向に突出形成されている。このストッパ片535は、第2ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43に突出した際に前記機構部保持部材51の右側壁513とガイド壁515との間に形成された凹状溝の背面に当接するように構成され、第2ストッパ部材53の突出位置を規制するものである。 It should be noted that a stopper piece 535 is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 of the second stopper member 53 so as to protrude radially outward. This stopper piece 535 comes into contact with the back surface of the concave groove formed between the right side wall 513 and the guide wall 515 of the mechanism holding member 51 when the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43. And the protruding position of the second stopper member 53 is restricted.
 前記第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53を軸支する回動軸57(57A)の前記機構部保持部材51(51A)への組み付けは、第1ストッパ部材52の対の軸受部522,522および第2ストッパ部材53の対の軸支部531,531を対応する機構部保持部材51(51A)の左右側壁512,513の所定位置に配設する。この場合、所定位置とは、第1ストッパ部材52に設けた対の軸受部522,522の外側に第2ストッパ部材53に設けた対の軸支部531,531が位置する態様で配設したうえで、第1ストッパ部材52に設けた対の軸受部522,522の軸挿通穴524,524および第2ストッパ部材53に設けた対の軸支部531,531の軸挿通穴532,532が、機構部保持部材51(51A)の左右側壁512,513およびガイド壁514、515に形成した支軸穴518と一直線上に位置することを指している。このように、第1ストッパ部材52の軸受部522,522および第2ストッパ部材53の軸支部531,531を機構部保持部材51(51A)の左右側壁512,513の所定位置に配設したうえで、機構部保持部材51(51A)のガイド壁514の外側から当該ガイド壁514に形成したガイド穴514aに回動軸57(57A)を差し込み、回動軸57(57A)を左右側壁512,513およびガイド壁514、515に形成した支軸穴518,518に順次挿通させて架設すると、第1ストッパ部材52と第2ストッパ部材53が回動軸57(57A)に軸支されることとなる。 The rotating shaft 57 (57A) that pivotally supports the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 is assembled to the mechanism portion holding member 51 (51A) by the pair of bearing portions 522 of the first stopper member 52. The pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 of the pair 522 and the second stopper member 53 are arranged at predetermined positions on the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the corresponding mechanism holding member 51 (51A). In this case, the predetermined position means that the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 provided on the second stopper member 53 are positioned outside the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 provided on the first stopper member 52. The shaft insertion holes 524 and 524 of the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 provided in the first stopper member 52 and the shaft insertion holes 532 and 532 of the pair of shaft support portions 531 and 531 provided in the second stopper member 53 are the mechanism. It points out that it is located in a straight line with the support hole 518 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 and the guide walls 514 and 515 of the part holding member 51 (51A). As described above, the bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52 and the shaft support portions 531 and 531 of the second stopper member 53 are disposed at predetermined positions on the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism portion holding member 51 (51A). Thus, the rotation shaft 57 (57A) is inserted into the guide hole 514a formed in the guide wall 514 from the outside of the guide wall 514 of the mechanism holding member 51 (51A), and the rotation shaft 57 (57A) is inserted into the left and right side walls 512. When the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are pivotally supported by the rotation shaft 57 (57A), the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are pivotally supported by the pivot shaft 57 (57A). Become.
 商品搬出装置5における払出機構50を構成するリンク機構54は、図20に示すように、鋼板製のリンク部材541を備えている。リンク部材541は、短冊状の鋼板の前後方向の中央部を中央天面541aとしてなる略凸状に折り曲げて形成されている。前記中央天面541aは平坦部として形成され、この中央天面541aの前縁から下方に直角に折り曲げられた係合壁面541bを有している。この中央天面541aは、後述する駆動部保持部材80の後フランジ84を跨いで係合壁面541bが後フランジ84の前方側に位置するように構成されている。リンク部材541の後方側の左右両端から上方に延在する支持脚5410,5410が形成され、それらの支持脚5410,5410に後部リンクピン55が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部542,542、およびその支持部542,542の前方側に位置して前部リンクピン56が貫通する貫通穴からなる支持部543,543が形成されている。前記支持部542,542は、後部リンクピン55の両端を支持してリンク部材541の前後方向への往復動作に連動して当該後部リンクピン55を前後方向に移動させるものである。前記支持部543,543は、前部リンクピン56の両端を支持してリンク部材541の前後方向への往復動作に連動して当該前部リンクピン56を前後方向に移動させるものである。 The link mechanism 54 constituting the payout mechanism 50 in the product carry-out device 5 includes a steel plate link member 541 as shown in FIG. The link member 541 is formed by bending a central portion in the front-rear direction of a strip-shaped steel plate into a substantially convex shape that serves as a central top surface 541a. The central top surface 541a is formed as a flat portion, and has an engagement wall surface 541b bent at a right angle downward from the front edge of the central top surface 541a. The central top surface 541 a is configured such that the engagement wall surface 541 b is positioned on the front side of the rear flange 84 across the rear flange 84 of the drive unit holding member 80 described later. Support legs 5410 and 5410 extending upward from the left and right ends on the rear side of the link member 541 are formed, and support parts 542 and 542 each having a through hole through which the rear link pin 55 passes through the support legs 5410 and 5410, and Support portions 543 and 543 are formed which are located on the front side of the support portions 542 and 542 and which are through holes through which the front link pin 56 passes. The support portions 542 and 542 support both ends of the rear link pin 55 and move the rear link pin 55 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the reciprocation of the link member 541 in the front-rear direction. The support portions 543 and 543 support both ends of the front link pin 56 and move the front link pin 56 in the front-rear direction in conjunction with the reciprocation of the link member 541 in the front-rear direction.
 リンク部材541の前端は、このリンク部材541の前後方向への往復移動をガイドするガイド部材546に案内される摺動部材545を固定する固定部541cとして形成されている。ガイド部材546は平板状の基台5460の前後方向の中央部の左右両端から上方に延在するガイド脚5462,5462が設けられている。前記ガイド部材546は、その基台5460にねじ穴5461を有し、後述するモータ駆動ユニット70を取り付けるための駆動部保持部材80の背面(下面)側に位置させ、ガイド脚5462,5462を駆動部保持部材80の前後方向に延在する左右一対のガイド溝8e,8e(図24参照)に挿入したうえでねじ穴5461を介して駆動部保持部材80に固着されるものである。前記摺動部材545は合成樹脂製になり、左右両側に後方側が開放した挿入溝545aを有し、この挿入溝545aを前記固定部541cに嵌合させることによりリンク部材541と一体化される。 The front end of the link member 541 is formed as a fixing portion 541c for fixing the sliding member 545 guided by the guide member 546 that guides the reciprocating movement of the link member 541 in the front-rear direction. The guide member 546 is provided with guide legs 5462 and 5462 extending upward from the left and right ends of the center part in the front-rear direction of the flat base 5460. The guide member 546 has a screw hole 5461 in the base 5460, and is positioned on the back surface (lower surface) side of a drive unit holding member 80 for mounting a motor drive unit 70 to be described later, and drives the guide legs 5462 and 5462. After being inserted into a pair of left and right guide grooves 8e, 8e (see FIG. 24) extending in the front-rear direction of the portion holding member 80, the portion holding member 80 is fixed to the drive portion holding member 80 through a screw hole 5461. The sliding member 545 is made of a synthetic resin and has insertion grooves 545a that are open on the left and right sides. The insertion member 545a is integrated with the link member 541 by fitting the insertion groove 545a into the fixing portion 541c.
 そして、リンク部材541の中央天面541aの後縁には係止穴544が設けられている。この係止穴544はリンク部材541を後退位置に向けて付勢する復帰ばね540のフック状の他端を引っ掛けて係止するものである。 And the locking hole 544 is provided in the rear edge of the center top surface 541a of the link member 541. The locking hole 544 hooks and locks the other end of the return spring 540 that biases the link member 541 toward the retracted position.
 前記リンク部材541は、後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56とともに機構部保持部材51に組み付けられる。すなわち、前述したように機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513の間に第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53を配設して回動軸57により組み付けた後、リンク部材541の後方側の支持脚5410,5410を、第1ストッパ部材52の2個の軸受部522の間に配設した状態で後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56を組み付ける。 The link member 541 is assembled to the mechanism holding member 51 together with the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56. That is, as described above, the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53 are disposed between the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51 and assembled by the rotating shaft 57, and then the rear of the link member 541. The rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are assembled in a state where the side support legs 5410 and 5410 are disposed between the two bearing portions 522 of the first stopper member 52.
 この場合、後部リンクピン55は、リンク部材541における左右の支持脚5410,5410に設けた支持部(貫通穴)542と第1ストッパ部材52の対の軸受部522,522に設けた異形孔523とが、機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513に取付けた軸受部材501,502に設けた長穴516,516と一直線上に位置させた状態で、機構部保持部材51のガイド壁514に穿設したガイド穴514b(図15参照)の外側から差し込んで左右側壁512,513に取付けた軸受部材501,502に設けた長穴516,516に跨るように装着する。これにより、後部リンクピン55は、リンク部材541の支持部(貫通穴)542,542に支持されるとともに第1ストッパ部材52の対の軸受部522,522に設けた異形孔523,523に挿通された状態で左右側壁512,513に設けた長穴516,516に跨って保持される。その一方、前部リンクピン56は、リンク部材541における左右の支持脚5410,5410に設けた支持部(貫通穴)543と第2ストッパ部材53の対のストッパ壁534,534に形成した凹状の摺動溝534a,534aとが、機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513に形成した長穴517,517と一直線上に位置させた状態で、機構部保持部材51のガイド壁514に形成したガイド穴514c(図15参照)の外側から差し込んで左右側壁512,513に形成した長穴517,517に跨るように装着する。これにより、前部リンクピン56は、リンク部材541の支持部(貫通穴)543,544に支持されるとともに第2ストッパ部材53の左右のストッパ壁534,534に設けた凹状の摺動溝534a,534aに挿通された状態で左右側壁512,513に形成した長穴517,517に跨って保持される。 In this case, the rear link pin 55 has a deformed hole 523 provided in a pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52 and a support portion (through hole) 542 provided in the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 in the link member 541. Are aligned with the long holes 516 and 516 provided in the bearing members 501 and 502 attached to the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51. It is inserted from the outside of the drilled guide hole 514b (see FIG. 15) so as to straddle the elongated holes 516 and 516 provided in the bearing members 501 and 502 attached to the left and right side walls 512 and 513. Accordingly, the rear link pin 55 is supported by the support portions (through holes) 542 and 542 of the link member 541 and is inserted into the deformed holes 523 and 523 provided in the pair of bearing portions 522 and 522 of the first stopper member 52. In this state, it is held across the long holes 516 and 516 provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513. On the other hand, the front link pin 56 is formed in a concave shape formed in a pair of stopper walls 534 and 534 of a support portion (through hole) 543 provided in the left and right support legs 5410 and 5410 of the link member 541 and the second stopper member 53. The sliding grooves 534a and 534a are formed in the guide wall 514 of the mechanism holding member 51 in a state of being aligned with the long holes 517 and 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51. It is inserted from the outside of the guide hole 514c (see FIG. 15) and mounted so as to straddle the long holes 517, 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512, 513. As a result, the front link pin 56 is supported by the support portions (through holes) 543 and 544 of the link member 541, and the concave sliding grooves 534 a provided in the left and right stopper walls 534 and 534 of the second stopper member 53. , 534a and is held across the elongated holes 517, 517 formed in the left and right side walls 512, 513.
 このように、リンク部材541を機構部保持部材51に組み付けた状態で復帰ばね540の一端を、機構部保持部材51の天井壁511に設けた係止穴511d(図14参照)に係止する一方、復帰ばね540の他端を、リンク部材541の中央天面541aに設けた係止穴544に係止する。これによりリンク部材541は待機状態で復帰ばね540の付勢力により後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56が機構部保持部材51の左右側壁512,513に設けた長穴516,516および長穴517,517の後端位置に位置するように後退しているものである。なお、復帰ばね540は第2ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43から退避位置に退避した際に第2ストッパ部材53の左右のストッパ壁534,534の間に位置しており、第2ストッパ部材53と干渉することはない。また、機構部保持部材51に組み付けられたリンク部材541の中央天面541aは、天井壁511の前方域の下方に突出するリブ5111に接するように構成されており、前記リブ5111との接触により摩擦抵抗が低減されるものである。 In this manner, one end of the return spring 540 is locked in the locking hole 511d (see FIG. 14) provided in the ceiling wall 511 of the mechanism unit holding member 51 in a state where the link member 541 is assembled to the mechanism unit holding member 51. On the other hand, the other end of the return spring 540 is locked in a locking hole 544 provided in the central top surface 541 a of the link member 541. As a result, the link member 541 is in a standby state and the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 are provided in the left and right side walls 512 and 513 of the mechanism holding member 51 by the biasing force of the return spring 540, and the long holes 517 are provided. , 517 is retracted so as to be located at the rear end position. The return spring 540 is located between the left and right stopper walls 534 and 534 of the second stopper member 53 when the second stopper member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43 to the retracted position. There will be no interference. In addition, the central top surface 541a of the link member 541 assembled to the mechanism holding member 51 is configured to contact a rib 5111 that protrudes below the front area of the ceiling wall 511, and is brought into contact with the rib 5111. The frictional resistance is reduced.
 商品搬出装置5の払出機構50に対応してそれぞれ設けられた売切検出スイッチ91を内蔵する配線ガイド部材90は、図21に示すように前後方向に延在する横断面凹状の合成樹脂製になり、売切検出スイッチ91を内蔵する太溝部90aと売切検出スイッチ91の配線をガイドする細溝部90bとからなる。太溝部90aは、前記機構部保持部材51の左側壁512とガイド壁514および右側壁513とガイド壁515の間に形成された凹状溝に嵌合可能な大きさに形成され、その左右側壁の底面側には第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53に共通の軸である回動軸57との干渉を避けるための半円状切欠き90a1,90a1が形成されている。また、太溝部90aの底面部は窓92として開放(開口)しており、前記機構部保持部材51の凹状溝に嵌合した場合に前記窓92が機構部保持部材51の凹状溝の底壁に形成した開口部519に重なるように構成されている。そして、前記凹状溝に太溝部90aを嵌め込んで配線ガイド部材90を機構部保持部材51に組み付けた際、太溝部90aがリンク機構54(リンク部材541)に保持された後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56の抜け止めとして機能する。なお、配線ガイド部材90が配設される機構部保持部材51の他方の凹状溝には、配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aに相似する脱落防止部材99(図13参照)が嵌め込まれる。これにより、後部リンクピン55および前部リンクピン56はヘッダーレスのピンを採用することができる。 The wiring guide member 90 containing the sold-out detection switch 91 provided corresponding to the payout mechanism 50 of the product carry-out device 5 is made of a synthetic resin having a concave cross section extending in the front-rear direction as shown in FIG. Thus, it consists of a thick groove portion 90 a that houses the sold-out detection switch 91 and a narrow groove portion 90 b that guides the wiring of the sold-out detection switch 91. The thick groove portion 90a is formed to have a size that can be fitted into a concave groove formed between the left side wall 512 and the guide wall 514 and the right side wall 513 and the guide wall 515 of the mechanism portion holding member 51. Semicircular cutouts 90a1 and 90a1 are formed on the bottom surface side to avoid interference with the rotation shaft 57, which is a common shaft for the first stopper member 52 and the second stopper member 53. Further, the bottom surface portion of the thick groove portion 90 a is opened (opened) as a window 92, and the window 92 becomes a bottom wall of the concave groove of the mechanism portion holding member 51 when fitted into the concave groove of the mechanism portion holding member 51. It is comprised so that it may overlap with the opening part 519 formed in this. When the thick groove 90a is fitted into the concave groove and the wiring guide member 90 is assembled to the mechanism holding member 51, the thick link 90a is held by the link mechanism 54 (link member 541) and the front link pin 55 and the front It functions as a retainer for the partial link pin 56. A drop-off preventing member 99 (see FIG. 13) similar to the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90 is fitted into the other concave groove of the mechanism portion holding member 51 where the wiring guide member 90 is disposed. Thereby, the rear link pin 55 and the front link pin 56 can employ headerless pins.
 売切検出スイッチ91は、この実施の形態ではマイクロスイッチからなり、配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aの凹状溝に挿入して係止固定される。この場合、売切検出スイッチ91は、そのアクチュエータ93が配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aの底面部の窓92に臨む態様で太溝部90aに係止固定される。前述したように、配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aの底面部の窓92が機構部保持部材51の凹状溝の底壁に形成した開口部519と重なり合い、かつ、この開口部519には第1ストッパ部材52の突起525が臨んでおり、配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aに装着された売切検出スイッチ91のアクチュエータ93は前記第1ストッパ部材52が捻りコイルばね570の付勢力により回動軸57を中心に商品収納通路43に突出するように回動して最大開度に開いた際に前記開口部519と窓92に進入した第1ストッパ部材52の4つの突起525のうちの左端側の突起525により押圧されるように構成されている。このような第1ストッパ部材52と売切検出スイッチ91との関係を図22に示している。図22では、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度に開いた際に第1ストッパ部材52の突起525が売切検出スイッチ91のアクチュエータ93を押圧する様子を示している。なお、第1ストッパ部材52は、商品荷重を受けない場合に捻りコイルばね570に付勢力により最大開度に開き、その状態から第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521に販売商品Gが当接して商品荷重を受けると最大開度から開度が小さくなる方向に回動して後部リンクピン55によりロックされるように構成されており、最大開度からロック位置に回動すると第1ストッパ部材52の突起525による売切検出スイッチ91のアクチュエータ93の押圧が解除される。この場合、売切検出スイッチ91からの信号を処理する制御部では、売切検出スイッチ91からのオン信号が所定時間継続した場合に「売切れ」として判断する処理が行われる。 In this embodiment, the sold-out detection switch 91 is a micro switch, and is inserted into the concave groove of the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90 and is fixedly locked. In this case, the sold-out detection switch 91 is locked and fixed to the thick groove portion 90 a so that the actuator 93 faces the window 92 on the bottom surface portion of the thick groove portion 90 a of the wiring guide member 90. As described above, the window 92 on the bottom surface of the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90 overlaps with the opening 519 formed in the bottom wall of the concave groove of the mechanism holding member 51, and the opening 519 includes the first portion. A protrusion 525 of the stopper member 52 faces the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 mounted in the thick groove portion 90 a of the wiring guide member 90. The first stopper member 52 is pivoted by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570. The left end side of the four protrusions 525 of the first stopper member 52 that has entered the opening 92 and the window 92 when rotated to project to the product storage passage 43 around 57 and opened to the maximum opening degree. The projection 525 is configured to be pressed. The relationship between the first stopper member 52 and the sold-out detection switch 91 is shown in FIG. FIG. 22 shows a state in which the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 presses the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 when the first stopper member 52 is opened to the maximum opening. The first stopper member 52 opens to the maximum opening degree by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570 when receiving no product load, and the sale product G comes into contact with the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 from this state. When the product load is received, the opening is configured to be rotated from the maximum opening to a direction in which the opening is reduced and locked by the rear link pin 55. When the product is rotated from the maximum opening to the lock position, the first stopper member 52 is configured. The pressing of the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 by the protrusion 525 is released. In this case, the control unit that processes the signal from the sold-out detection switch 91 performs a process of determining “sold out” when the ON signal from the sold-out detection switch 91 continues for a predetermined time.
 なお、売切検出スイッチ91を内蔵する配線ガイド部材90は、この例では商品搬出装置5の払出機構50A,50Bに対応してそれぞれ2個ずつ設けたものについて示したが、商品搬出装置5の払出機構50A,50Bに1個ずつでもよいものである。例示したように売切検出スイッチ91を内蔵する配線ガイド部材90を商品搬出装置5の払出機構50A,50Bに対応してそれぞれ2個ずつ設ければ、一つの売切検出スイッチ91が故障した場合にも他方の売切検出スイッチ91で売り切れを検出できるものである。 In this example, two wiring guide members 90 incorporating the sold-out detection switch 91 are provided corresponding to the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B of the product carry-out device 5; One may be provided for each of the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B. As illustrated, if two each of the wiring guide members 90 containing the sold-out detection switch 91 are provided corresponding to the payout mechanisms 50A and 50B of the product carry-out device 5, one sold-out detection switch 91 is broken. In addition, the other sold-out detection switch 91 can detect sold-out.
 前記商品搬出装置5に搭載されたモータ駆動ユニット70は、商品選択ボタンの操作に基づく販売指令により商品搬出装置5Aが指定された場合にユニットケース71に内蔵したモータ711(図23参照)が正転駆動され、このモータ711の正転によりリンクレバー717を介して払出機構50Aのリンク機構54(リンク部材541)を前進させるものである。モータ駆動ユニット70は、商品選択ボタンの操作に基づく販売指令により商品搬出装置5Bが指定された場合にユニットケース71に内蔵したモータ711が逆転駆動され、このモータ711の逆転によりリンクレバー718を介して払出機構50Bのリンク機構54(リンク部材541)を前進させるものである。 The motor drive unit 70 mounted on the product carry-out device 5 has a motor 711 (see FIG. 23) built in the unit case 71 when the product carry-out device 5A is designated by a sales command based on the operation of the product selection button. The link mechanism 54 (link member 541) of the payout mechanism 50A is moved forward via the link lever 717 by the forward rotation of the motor 711. In the motor drive unit 70, when the product carry-out device 5B is designated by a sales command based on the operation of the product selection button, the motor 711 built in the unit case 71 is driven in reverse rotation, and the motor 711 rotates in reverse via the link lever 718. The link mechanism 54 (link member 541) of the payout mechanism 50B is advanced.
 モータ駆動ユニット70のユニットケース71は、ベース部材とカバー部材とからなり、その内部に、図23に示すような、モータ711、歯車伝達機構714、出力歯車715、キャリアスイッチ716、リンクレバー717,718などを内蔵している。このモータ駆動ユニット70は、ユニットケース71におけるベース部材の頭部に設けた爪片(不図示)を、駆動部保持部材80の前フランジ83に形成した係合穴8a,8a(図24参照)に係止する一方、ユニットケース71におけるベース部材の背面に突出形成した嵌合突起71bおよび係止突起71c、71c(図12参照)を駆動部保持部材80の板面に穿設した嵌合穴8bおよび係止角穴8c,8c(図24参照)などに嵌合させることにより駆動部保持部材80に組付けられる。 A unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70 is composed of a base member and a cover member, and inside thereof, as shown in FIG. 23, a motor 711, a gear transmission mechanism 714, an output gear 715, a carrier switch 716, a link lever 717, 718 and the like are incorporated. In the motor drive unit 70, engagement holes 8a and 8a (see FIG. 24) in which claw pieces (not shown) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 are formed in the front flange 83 of the drive unit holding member 80. On the other hand, the fitting protrusion 71b and the locking protrusions 71c, 71c (see FIG. 12) formed on the back surface of the base member in the unit case 71 are formed in the plate surface of the drive unit holding member 80. The drive unit holding member 80 is assembled by fitting it into 8b and the locking square holes 8c, 8c (see FIG. 24).
 モータ駆動ユニット70のユニットケース71に内蔵したモータ711は、販売指令に応じて正転若しくは逆転する正逆回転可能な直流モータであり、ユニットケース71のベース部材に保持されている。 The motor 711 built in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70 is a DC motor that can rotate forward or reverse in accordance with a sales command, and is held on the base member of the unit case 71.
 歯車伝達機構714は、ウオーム712aとウオームホイール712bからなるウオーム歯車712および中間歯車713を備えて構成されている。ウオーム歯車712のウオーム712aは、モータ711の出力軸に取り付けられている。ウオームホイール712bは、ウオーム712aに噛み合う第1ホイールと、中間歯車713に噛み合う第2ホイールとが前後方向に段違いに設けられている。中間歯車713は、前記ウオームホイール712bの第2ホイールと噛み合う第1中間歯車と、出力歯車715に噛み合う第2中間歯車とが前後方向に段違いに設けられている。ウオーム歯車712および中間歯車713は、ユニットケース71のベース部材とカバー部材の軸受部により回転可能に配設される。 The gear transmission mechanism 714 includes a worm gear 712 and an intermediate gear 713 including a worm 712a and a worm wheel 712b. A worm 712 a of the worm gear 712 is attached to the output shaft of the motor 711. In the worm wheel 712b, a first wheel that meshes with the worm 712a and a second wheel that meshes with the intermediate gear 713 are provided stepwise in the front-rear direction. In the intermediate gear 713, a first intermediate gear that meshes with the second wheel of the worm wheel 712b and a second intermediate gear that meshes with the output gear 715 are provided stepwise in the front-rear direction. The worm gear 712 and the intermediate gear 713 are rotatably arranged by the base member of the unit case 71 and the bearing portion of the cover member.
 前記出力歯車715は、中間歯車713の第2中間歯車と噛み合うホイールとして形成され、その一方の板面(上面)にカム突起7151が形成され、他方の板面(上部)にキャリアスイッチ716を制御する押圧片(図23では見えない)が形成されている。カム突起7151は、出力歯車715の板面から離隔する方向に突出する態様で円弧状に形成されている。このカム突起7151は、その円弧状の長さがリンク機構54のリンク部材541を前進させた後に所定時間の間その状態を保持するのに十分な長さとなるように形成されている。キャリアスイッチ716を制御する押圧片は、カム突起7151の反対側の板面に位置して板面から離隔する方向に突出する態様で略V字状に形成されており、図23の(a)の状態でキャリアスイッチ716の接触子を押圧するように形成されている。この出力歯車715は、ユニットケース71のベース部材とカバー部材の軸受部により回転可能に配設される。 The output gear 715 is formed as a wheel that meshes with the second intermediate gear of the intermediate gear 713, the cam projection 7151 is formed on one plate surface (upper surface), and the carrier switch 716 is controlled on the other plate surface (upper). A pressing piece (not visible in FIG. 23) is formed. The cam projection 7151 is formed in an arc shape so as to protrude in a direction away from the plate surface of the output gear 715. The cam protrusion 7151 is formed so that the arc-shaped length is sufficient to hold the state for a predetermined time after the link member 541 of the link mechanism 54 is advanced. The pressing piece for controlling the carrier switch 716 is formed in a substantially V shape in such a manner that the pressing piece is positioned on the plate surface opposite to the cam projection 7151 and protrudes in a direction away from the plate surface. In this state, the contact of the carrier switch 716 is pressed. The output gear 715 is rotatably arranged by the base member of the unit case 71 and the bearing portion of the cover member.
 キャリアスイッチ716は、いわゆる押しボタンスイッチであり、接触子(不図示)を備えている。このキャリアスイッチ716は、出力歯車715よりも僅かに上方域にユニットケース71のベース部材に保持された状態で配設されている。このキャリアスイッチ716は、接触子が出力歯車715の押圧片に押圧されるとオン状態となる一方、出力歯車715の押圧片が離れて接触子が押圧されない場合にはオフ状態となるものであり、販売指令により駆動されたモータ711を、出力歯車715が一回転するように制御するためのものである。 The carrier switch 716 is a so-called push button switch and includes a contact (not shown). The carrier switch 716 is disposed in a state slightly held above the output gear 715 while being held by the base member of the unit case 71. The carrier switch 716 is turned on when the contact is pressed by the pressing piece of the output gear 715, and is turned off when the pressing piece of the output gear 715 is separated and the contact is not pressed. This is for controlling the motor 711 driven by the sales command so that the output gear 715 rotates once.
 リンクレバー717は樹脂成型品になる。リンクレバー717は、商品搬出装置5における払出機構50のリンク機構54を駆動するためのものである。リンクレバー717は、基部717aを貫通するユニットケース71のカバー部材に設けたレバー軸710に回転可能に軸支されている。リンクレバー717の先端部717bは、ユニットケース71のベース部材とカバー部材を切り欠いて形成した開口(不図示)から外部に突出する態様で上方に湾曲した鉤状を成している。リンクレバー717の基部717aに設けられた係止片717cは、基部717aの後方側より後方に向けて延在する弾性変形可能な板状の弾性部材である。係止片717cは、その自由端がカバー部材に設けた突出片(不図示)に当接することにより常態におけるリンクレバー717の待機姿勢を、図23に示す位置に決めている。リンクレバー718はリンクレバー717と同一の部品からなり、リンクレバー717を反転させたものであり、基部718aを貫通するユニットケース71のカバー部材に設けたレバー軸710に回転可能に軸支され、鉤状の先端部718bおよび弾性変形可能な板状の弾性部材からなる係止片718cを備えている。 The link lever 717 is a resin molded product. The link lever 717 is for driving the link mechanism 54 of the payout mechanism 50 in the commodity carry-out device 5. The link lever 717 is rotatably supported by a lever shaft 710 provided on a cover member of the unit case 71 that passes through the base 717a. The distal end portion 717b of the link lever 717 has a hook shape that is curved upward so as to protrude outward from an opening (not shown) formed by cutting out the base member and the cover member of the unit case 71. The locking piece 717c provided on the base portion 717a of the link lever 717 is a plate-like elastic member that is elastically deformable and extends rearward from the rear side of the base portion 717a. The locking piece 717c has its free end in contact with a protruding piece (not shown) provided on the cover member, so that the standby posture of the link lever 717 in the normal state is determined at the position shown in FIG. The link lever 718 is composed of the same parts as the link lever 717, and is an inverted version of the link lever 717. The link lever 718 is rotatably supported by a lever shaft 710 provided on the cover member of the unit case 71 that penetrates the base 718a. A hook-shaped tip 718b and a locking piece 718c made of an elastically deformable plate-like elastic member are provided.
 モータ駆動ユニット70を係止固定する駆動部保持部材80は、図24に示すように、矩形平板面の周縁に上部側に向けて延在する左フランジ81、右フランジ82、前フランジ83および後フランジ84を形成した薄板鋼板製になる。前フランジ83は、その自由端に引き続いて下り階段状の凹所形成部85が一体に形成されている。前フランジ83と凹所形成部85に至る箇所は下方に向けて開放した逆U字状凹所800として形成されている。この凹所800は、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前方寄りに形成したピン挿通溝10R11,10R11と同様に、左右ラック側板41,41に跨るように架設されたピンP2が挿通されるものであり、前記ピン挿通溝10R11,10R11より一回り小さく形成されている。また、駆動部保持部材80には、凹所800の下方に向けて開放した開口の一部を閉塞する態様で凹所800の前方側の壁面を切り起こし形成した保持片801(図13参照)が設けられている。保持片801は凹所800の下方に向けて開放した開口の一部を閉塞するもののピンP2の挿入は許容するように形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 24, the driving unit holding member 80 for locking and fixing the motor driving unit 70 includes a left flange 81, a right flange 82, a front flange 83, and a rear flange extending toward the upper side on the periphery of the rectangular flat plate surface. It is made of a thin steel plate on which the flange 84 is formed. The front flange 83 is integrally formed with a recess forming portion 85 having a descending step shape following the free end. A portion reaching the front flange 83 and the recess forming portion 85 is formed as an inverted U-shaped recess 800 opened downward. The recess 800 is inserted with a pin P2 extending across the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, like the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 formed in front of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R. The pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 are slightly smaller than the above. In addition, the drive unit holding member 80 has a holding piece 801 formed by cutting and raising the wall surface on the front side of the recess 800 so as to block a part of the opening opened downward of the recess 800 (see FIG. 13). Is provided. The holding piece 801 is formed so as to allow the insertion of the pin P2 while closing a part of the opening opened downward of the recess 800.
 駆動部保持部材80の板面には、モータ駆動ユニット70のユニットケース71におけるベース部材の頭部に設けた爪片(不図示)を係止する係合穴8a,8a、ユニットケース71におけるベース部材の背面に突出形成した嵌合突起71bおよび係止突起71c、71c(図12参照)を係止固定する嵌合穴8bおよび係止角穴8c,8c等が形成されている。また、左フランジ81および右フランジ82にはそれぞれ対向する方向に折り曲げられて水平面をなす取付け片811,821が形成され、その取付け片811,821にはそれぞれねじ孔811a,821aが穿設されている。さらに、後フランジ84には左右に2個ずつの切欠き84a,84aが形成されている。この4個の切欠き84aは前述した4個の配線ガイド部材90との干渉を避けるためのものである。凹所形成部85の前方には載置部851を介して上方に折り曲げられた当接壁852を備えている。この当接壁852は後方側棚部材10Rの垂下部120の背面に対峙するものであり、当接壁852の上端には後方側棚部材10Rの垂下部120の上縁部に形成した係止穴120a(図6参照)に係合する係合爪852aを備えている。なお、モータ711、キャリアスイッチ716、売切検出スイッチ91の配線は凹所形成部85の上方を乗り越える態様で載置部851に引き回したうえで纏められてカプラ(不図示)に接続され、このカプラが前述した後方側棚部材10Rの垂下部120に設けたカプラ取付け穴121に固着されるものである。 On the plate surface of the drive unit holding member 80, engagement holes 8a and 8a for locking claw pieces (not shown) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70, the base in the unit case 71 On the back surface of the member, there are formed a fitting projection 71b and a fitting hole 8b for locking and fixing the locking projections 71c and 71c (see FIG. 12), a locking square hole 8c and 8c, and the like. Further, the left flange 81 and the right flange 82 are formed with mounting pieces 811 and 821 which are bent in opposite directions to form horizontal planes, and screw holes 811a and 821a are formed in the mounting pieces 811 and 821, respectively. Yes. Further, the rear flange 84 is formed with two notches 84a and 84a on the left and right. The four notches 84a are for avoiding interference with the four wiring guide members 90 described above. An abutting wall 852 bent upward via a placement portion 851 is provided in front of the recess forming portion 85. The abutting wall 852 faces the back surface of the hanging part 120 of the rear side shelf member 10R, and the upper end of the abutting wall 852 is a latch formed on the upper edge of the hanging part 120 of the rear side shelf member 10R. An engagement claw 852a that engages with the hole 120a (see FIG. 6) is provided. The wires of the motor 711, the carrier switch 716, and the sold-out detection switch 91 are routed to the mounting portion 851 so as to get over the recess forming portion 85 and connected to a coupler (not shown). The coupler is fixed to the coupler mounting hole 121 provided in the hanging portion 120 of the rear side shelf member 10R.
 更に、駆動部保持部材80には第1ホルダー140が揺動自在に軸支されている。この第1ホルダー140は商品収納棚10を構成する後方側棚部材10Rの位置決めを行うものである。この第1ホルダー140の取り付けのために駆動部保持部材80には凹所形成部85の前方に形成された載置部851に切り起こし形成されるとともに対向する対の取付片86が形成され、また、前フランジ83に設けた係合穴8a,8aの間に角穴8dが形成されている。前記対の取付片86にはそれぞれ挿通孔86a,86aが穿孔されている。 Furthermore, the first holder 140 is pivotally supported by the drive unit holding member 80 so as to be swingable. The first holder 140 is for positioning the rear side shelf member 10 </ b> R constituting the product storage shelf 10. In order to attach the first holder 140, the drive unit holding member 80 is formed with a pair of mounting pieces 86 which are formed by cutting and raising the mounting unit 851 formed in front of the recess forming unit 85, Further, a square hole 8d is formed between the engagement holes 8a, 8a provided in the front flange 83. Insertion holes 86a and 86a are formed in the pair of attachment pieces 86, respectively.
 前記第1ホルダー140は、図25に示すように、左右方向に横長の帯状体をなし、前方側基部141の上方側の左右両端にピン押圧片142,142を備えるとともに前方側基部141の中央部から前方側に突出したアーム状の2つのピン支持片143,143を備え、後方側基部144の中央部に係止突起145と対の操作片146,146が形成された着脱板部147を備えた合成樹脂製になる。前方側基部141に設けたピン支持片143,143には、その先端(自由端)に外側を向く態様で突出し、かつ、前記駆動部保持部材80に設けた対の取付片86に穿孔された挿通孔86a,86aに嵌合する回動突起143a,143aが形成され、ピン支持片143,143を接近させる態様で撓ませたうえで回動突起143a,143aを対の取付片86に穿孔された挿通孔86a,86aに嵌合させることにより第1ホルダー140は駆動部保持部材80に揺動自在に取り付けられる。そして、第1ホルダー140を駆動部保持部材80に向けて揺動(回動)させた際、横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体が駆動部保持部材80の前方域に設けた凹所800に格納されるように構成されている。また、ピン支持片143,143には半円状のピン支持部143b,143bが形成されている。このピン支持部143b,143bは、その半円の曲率が左右のラック側板41,41に架設されたピンP2(後方側棚部材10Rを取り付けるピン)の軸径と略同一の曲率で形成され、第1ホルダー140を駆動部保持部材80に設けた凹所800に格納させた際にピンP2を下方から包み込む態様で形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 25, the first holder 140 has a horizontally long belt-like body, and has pin pressing pieces 142 and 142 at both left and right ends above the front base 141, and the center of the front base 141. An detachable plate portion 147 provided with two arm-shaped pin support pieces 143 and 143 protruding forward from the portion and having a locking projection 145 and a pair of operation pieces 146 and 146 formed at the center of the rear side base portion 144. Made of synthetic resin. The pin support pieces 143 and 143 provided on the front side base portion 141 protrude outwardly from the tip (free end) of the pin support pieces 143 and 143 and are perforated in the pair of attachment pieces 86 provided on the driving unit holding member 80. Rotating protrusions 143a and 143a that fit into the insertion holes 86a and 86a are formed. The rotating protrusions 143a and 143a are drilled in the pair of mounting pieces 86 after the pin support pieces 143 and 143 are bent in an approaching manner. The first holder 140 is swingably attached to the drive unit holding member 80 by being fitted into the insertion holes 86a and 86a. When the first holder 140 is swung (turned) toward the drive unit holding member 80, a belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front side base portion 141 and the rear side base portion 144 is located in the front region of the drive unit holding member 80. It is configured to be stored in the provided recess 800. The pin support pieces 143 and 143 are formed with semicircular pin support portions 143b and 143b. The pin support portions 143b and 143b are formed so that the semicircular curvature is substantially the same as the shaft diameter of the pin P2 (pin for attaching the rear shelf member 10R) installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, When the first holder 140 is stored in the recess 800 provided in the driving unit holding member 80, the pin P2 is formed so as to be wrapped from below.
 前記前方側基部141に設けたピン押圧片142,142は側面視が略三角形状の突起からなり、左右のラック側板41,41に跨るように架設されたピンP2に係合・離脱するように形成されている。後方側基部144に設けた着脱板部147は操作片146,146と反対側の縁部の左右両端に設けた連結片147a,147aを介して後方側基部144に連結され、その板面が後方側基部144の板面から離隔している。着脱板部147に形成された係止突起145は、半円状の膨出体からなり、第1ホルダー140の横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体を駆動部保持部材80に設けた凹所800に格納した際、駆動部保持部材80の前フランジ83に設けた角穴8d(図24参照)の下縁に係合するものである。着脱板部147に形成された操作片146,146は前記係止突起145が駆動部保持部材80に設けた角穴8dの下縁に係合した状態で駆動部保持部材80の板面より下方に位置(図12参照)する態様で形成され、駆動部保持部材80に設けた凹所800に格納された第1ホルダー140を凹所800から離脱させる際のつまみの役目を果たす。前記着脱板部147における板面の後方側基部144の板面から離隔距離は前記係止突起145の膨出寸法よりも大きく定められている。 The pin pressing pieces 142, 142 provided on the front base 141 are substantially triangular projections in a side view so as to be engaged / disengaged with the pin P2 installed so as to straddle the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. Is formed. The detachable plate portion 147 provided on the rear side base portion 144 is connected to the rear side base portion 144 via connecting pieces 147a and 147a provided on the left and right ends of the edge portion on the opposite side to the operation pieces 146 and 146, and the plate surface is rearward. It is separated from the plate surface of the side base portion 144. The locking protrusion 145 formed on the detachable plate portion 147 is formed of a semicircular bulging body, and the driving member holding member 80 is formed of a belt-like body including the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 of the first holder 140. When it is stored in the recess 800 provided in FIG. 4, it engages with the lower edge of the square hole 8d (see FIG. 24) provided in the front flange 83 of the drive unit holding member 80. The operation pieces 146, 146 formed on the detachable plate portion 147 are below the plate surface of the driving portion holding member 80 in a state where the locking projection 145 is engaged with the lower edge of the square hole 8d provided in the driving portion holding member 80. The first holder 140 is formed in such a manner that the first holder 140 stored in the recess 800 provided in the drive unit holding member 80 is separated from the recess 800 (see FIG. 12). The separation distance from the plate surface of the rear base portion 144 of the plate surface in the detachable plate portion 147 is determined to be larger than the bulging dimension of the locking projection 145.
 駆動部保持部材80は、モータ駆動ユニット70のユニットケース71におけるベース部材の頭部に設けた爪片(不図示)を、駆動部保持部材80の前フランジ83に形成した係合穴8a,8a(図24参照)に差し込んだうえで、ユニットケース71におけるベース部材の背面に突出形成した嵌合突起71bおよび係止突起71c、71c(図12参照)を駆動部保持部材80の嵌合穴8bおよび係止角穴8c,8c(図13参照)に嵌合させることによりモータ駆動ユニット70を組付けた状態で商品収納棚10に次のように直付けされる。この場合、前工程として機構部保持部材51,51Aが商品収納棚10に前述したように直付けされているものである。 The drive part holding member 80 has engagement holes 8 a and 8 a formed on the front flange 83 of the drive part holding member 80 with claw pieces (not shown) provided on the head of the base member in the unit case 71 of the motor drive unit 70. (See FIG. 24), the fitting protrusion 71b and the locking protrusions 71c and 71c (see FIG. 12) formed on the back surface of the base member in the unit case 71 are inserted into the fitting hole 8b of the drive unit holding member 80. And it is directly attached to the goods storage shelf 10 as follows in the state which assembled | attached the motor drive unit 70 by making it fit in the latching square holes 8c and 8c (refer FIG. 13). In this case, as a pre-process, the mechanism holding members 51 and 51A are directly attached to the product storage shelf 10 as described above.
 すなわち、商品収納棚10に直付けされた左右2個の機構部保持部材51,51Aにそれぞれ組付けられた左右2個の配線ガイド部材90を駆動部保持部材80の後フランジ84に設けた左右に2個の切欠き84a,84aに位置させるとともに左右2個の機構部保持部材51,51Aのうちの左側の機構部保持部材51(商品搬出装置5Bにおいては右側の機構部保持部材51)に組付けられたリンク部材541における中央天面541aの前縁から下方に直角に折り曲げられた係合壁面541bの背後(後方側)にモータ駆動ユニット70のリンクレバー717の先端部717bを位置させる。そして、モータ711,キャリアスイッチ716,売切検出スイッチ91の配線をまとめたカプラ(不図示)を後方側棚部材10Rの垂下部120に設けたカプラ取付け穴121に固着したうえで駆動部保持部材80の左右フランジ81,82に設けた取付け片811,821を、商品収納棚10を構成する後方側棚部材10Rに窪み部として形成した固定部124,128の背面に当接させた後、その窪み部の底面に設けたねじ挿通穴124a,128aを介して前記取付け片811,821に設けたねじ孔811a,821aにねじを螺合させる。これによりモータ駆動ユニット70を係止固定した駆動部保持部材80は後方側棚部材10R(商品収納棚10)に直付けされる。 That is, the left and right wiring guide members 90 respectively assembled to the left and right mechanism holding members 51 and 51A directly attached to the product storage shelf 10 are provided on the rear flange 84 of the driving portion holding member 80. The two left and right mechanism holding members 51 and 51A are positioned on the two notches 84a and 84a, and the left side mechanism holding member 51 (the right side mechanism holding member 51 in the product carry-out device 5B) is provided. The tip end portion 717b of the link lever 717 of the motor drive unit 70 is positioned behind (on the rear side) the engagement wall surface 541b bent at a right angle downward from the front edge of the central top surface 541a of the assembled link member 541. Then, a coupler (not shown) in which the wirings of the motor 711, the carrier switch 716, and the sold-out detection switch 91 are combined is fixed to the coupler mounting hole 121 provided in the hanging portion 120 of the rear shelf member 10R, and then the driving unit holding member. After the mounting pieces 811 and 821 provided on the left and right flanges 81 and 82 of the 80 are brought into contact with the back surfaces of the fixing portions 124 and 128 formed as recessed portions in the rear side shelf member 10R constituting the commodity storage shelf 10, Screws are screwed into the screw holes 811a and 821a provided in the mounting pieces 811 and 821 through screw insertion holes 124a and 128a provided in the bottom surface of the recess. Thereby, the drive part holding member 80 which latched and fixed the motor drive unit 70 is directly attached to the back side shelf member 10R (product storage shelf 10).
 このように、モータ駆動ユニット70を係止固定した駆動部保持部材80が直付けされた後方側棚部材10R(商品収納棚10)は、前述した商品収納棚10の説明の記載したとおり、左右のラック側板41,41に取り付けられる。すなわち、後方側棚部材10Rは、その左右フランジ10R1,10R1の前方寄りに形成したピン挿通溝10R11,10R11を、左右のラック側板41,41に架設されたピンP2に嵌め込む。この場合、後方側棚部材10Rに直付けされた駆動部保持部材80に揺動自在に軸支された第1ホルダー140は、図26の(a)に示すように、凹所800から引き外されて垂下した状態にある。また、駆動部保持部材80には凹所800における下方に向けて開放した開口の一部を閉塞する態様の保持片801が設けられているので、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1に形成したピン挿通溝10R11,10R11を左右のラック側板41,41に架設されたピンP2に嵌め込む際、後方側棚部材10Rは左右のラック側板41,41に実際に取り付けられる位置よりも前方側にずらした状態(駆動部保持部材80の保持片801によりピンP2の嵌め込みが阻害されないように前方側にずらした状態)で駆動部保持部材80の凹所800内にピンP2に受容させる。この状態で後方側棚部材10Rを後方に向けてスライド移動させ、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1の後端に形成した円弧状のカール係合部10R12,10R12を、姿勢制御板47を保持する態様で左右のラック側板41,41に架設された保持部材476の円筒部477に嵌合させる。 As described above, the rear side shelf member 10R (product storage shelf 10) directly attached with the driving unit holding member 80 that locks and fixes the motor drive unit 70 is left and right as described in the description of the product storage shelf 10 described above. Are attached to the rack side plates 41, 41. That is, the rear shelf member 10R fits the pin insertion grooves 10R11 and 10R11 formed near the front of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 into the pins P2 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41. In this case, the first holder 140 pivotally supported by the drive unit holding member 80 directly attached to the rear shelf member 10R is pulled out of the recess 800 as shown in FIG. Has been suspended. Further, since the driving portion holding member 80 is provided with holding pieces 801 that closes a part of the opening opened downward in the recess 800, the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R are provided with the holding pieces 801. When the formed pin insertion grooves 10R11, 10R11 are fitted into the pins P2 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41, the rear shelf member 10R is on the front side of the position where it is actually attached to the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. In a state where the pin P2 is shifted to the front side so that the fitting of the pin P2 is not hindered by the holding piece 801 of the driving unit holding member 80, the pin P2 is received in the recess 800 of the driving unit holding member 80. In this state, the rear shelf member 10R is slid rearward, and the arc-shaped curl engaging portions 10R12, 10R12 formed at the rear ends of the left and right flanges 10R1, 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R are moved to the attitude control plate 47. Is fitted to the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41.
 ここで、後方側棚部材10Rの左右フランジ10R1,10R1のカール係合部10R12,10R12が前記保持部材476の円筒部477に嵌合した状態で、図26の(a)に示すように、ピンP2が駆動部保持部材80には凹所800の前壁に当接するように定められている。したがって、後方側棚部材10Rは左右のラック側板41,41に架設されたピンP2と保持部材476とに保持された状態で左右のラック側板41,41に一体的に取り付けられる。この場合、駆動部保持部材80の保持片801によりピンP2が保持されているので、後方側棚部材10Rの上下方向への移動が規制される一方、凹所800がピンP2を受容した状態で後方側棚部材10Rの前後方向へのスライドを許容する大きさに形成されているので、駆動部保持部材80に揺動自在に軸支された第1ホルダー140を、図26の(a)に示すように、凹所800から引き外した状態では後方側棚部材10Rが前方にスライドするおそれがある。 Here, with the curl engaging portions 10R12 and 10R12 of the left and right flanges 10R1 and 10R1 of the rear shelf member 10R fitted into the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476, as shown in FIG. P <b> 2 is determined to be in contact with the front wall of the recess 800 in the drive unit holding member 80. Accordingly, the rear shelf member 10R is integrally attached to the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 while being held by the pin P2 and the holding member 476 that are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. In this case, since the pin P2 is held by the holding piece 801 of the driving unit holding member 80, the movement of the rear side shelf member 10R in the vertical direction is restricted, while the recess 800 receives the pin P2. Since the rear shelf member 10R is formed to have a size allowing sliding in the front-rear direction, the first holder 140 pivotally supported by the drive unit holding member 80 is shown in FIG. As shown, there is a possibility that the rear side shelf member 10R slides forward in a state where it is pulled out from the recess 800.
 そこで、図26の(b)に示すように、第1ホルダー140の横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体を駆動部保持部材80に設けた凹所800に格納するように揺動(回動)させる。この場合、第1ホルダー140の横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体が駆動部保持部材80に設けた凹所800に進入する段階において、着脱板部147に形成した係止突起145が凹所800を画成する壁に当接して進入を阻むが、着脱板部147が連結片147a,147aを介して後方側基部144に連結されるとともに後方側基部144と離隔して形成されているので、第1ホルダー140に更なる外力を加えると係止突起145の頭部が凹所800を画成する壁に乗り上げるのを許容するように撓んで操作片146,146を設けた端部側が後方側基部144に接近する。これにより、係止突起145の頭部は凹所800を画成する壁に乗り上げて滑動し、駆動部保持部材80の前フランジ83に設けた角穴8dに到達すると着脱板部147が元の状態に復元するので、当該角穴8dに嵌合し、第1ホルダー140における横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体が駆動部保持部材80の前方域に設けた凹所800に格納された状態を維持する。この状態で第1ホルダー140の前方側基部141がピンP2を凹所800の前壁との間に挟持する。これによって、後方側棚部材10Rは前後方向にスライドすることなく、姿勢制御板47を保持する態様で左右のラック側板41,41に架設された保持部材476の円筒部477とピンP2とに係止されて位置決めされた状態にロックされる。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 26 (b), the belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 of the first holder 140 is stored in the recess 800 provided in the drive portion holding member 80. Swing (turn). In this case, when the belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 of the first holder 140 enters the recess 800 provided in the driving portion holding member 80, the latch formed on the detachable plate portion 147. The protrusion 145 abuts against the wall defining the recess 800 to prevent entry, but the detachable plate portion 147 is connected to the rear side base portion 144 through the connecting pieces 147a and 147a and separated from the rear side base portion 144. Therefore, the operation pieces 146 and 146 are provided to bend so as to allow the head of the locking projection 145 to ride on the wall defining the recess 800 when further external force is applied to the first holder 140. The closed end side approaches the rear side base portion 144. As a result, the head of the locking projection 145 rides on the wall defining the recess 800 and slides, and when it reaches the square hole 8d provided in the front flange 83 of the drive unit holding member 80, the detachable plate portion 147 is restored to its original position. Since it is restored to the state, the recess 800 is fitted in the square hole 8d, and a belt-like body made of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 in the first holder 140 is provided in the front region of the drive portion holding member 80. The state stored in is maintained. In this state, the front base 141 of the first holder 140 holds the pin P <b> 2 between the front wall of the recess 800. As a result, the rear shelf member 10R does not slide in the front-rear direction, and is engaged with the cylindrical portion 477 of the holding member 476 and the pin P2 that are installed on the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 in a manner to hold the posture control plate 47. Stopped and locked in the positioned state.
 図26の(b)に示すように、第1ホルダー140における横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体を駆動部保持部材80の前方域に設けた凹所800に格納した状態では着脱板部147に形成された操作片146,146は駆動部保持部材80の板面より下方に位置している。そこで、この操作片146,146に指を掛け、着脱板部147を前方側に撓ませて駆動部保持部材80の前フランジ83に設けた角穴8dの下縁に係合している係止突起145を引き外したうえで下方に引き下げれば、前記凹所800に格納された第1ホルダー140における横長の前方側基部141,後方側基部144からなる帯状体を前記凹所800から引き出すことができる。これにより、第1ホルダー140による後方側棚部材10Rのロックが解除され、後方側棚部材10Rをラック側板41,41から取り外すことが可能となる。したがって、後方側棚部材10Rに一体的に固着された商品搬出装置5の保守・点検時には、商品収納ラック4を商品収納庫に取り付けた状態のままで、前方側棚部材10Fを前述した前方側棚部材10Fのラック側板41,41への装着手順と逆の手順でラック側板41,41から取り外した後、第1ホルダー140による後方側棚部材10Rのロックを解除すれば後方側棚部材10Rをラック側板41,41から取り外すことができる。 As shown in FIG. 26 (b), a state in which the belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 in the first holder 140 is stored in the recess 800 provided in the front region of the drive unit holding member 80. Then, the operation pieces 146 and 146 formed on the detachable plate portion 147 are located below the plate surface of the drive portion holding member 80. Therefore, the operation pieces 146 and 146 are put on with fingers, the attaching / detaching plate portion 147 is bent forward, and is engaged with the lower edge of the square hole 8d provided in the front flange 83 of the driving portion holding member 80. When the projection 145 is pulled out and then pulled down, the belt-like body composed of the horizontally long front base portion 141 and the rear base portion 144 in the first holder 140 stored in the recess 800 is pulled out from the recess 800. Can do. Thereby, the lock | rock of 10R of back side shelf members by the 1st holder 140 is cancelled | released, and it becomes possible to remove 10R of back side shelf members from the rack side plates 41 and 41. FIG. Therefore, during maintenance and inspection of the product carry-out device 5 that is integrally fixed to the rear shelf member 10R, the front shelf member 10F is placed on the front side described above while the product storage rack 4 remains attached to the product storage. After the shelf member 10F is removed from the rack side plates 41, 41 in the reverse order of the mounting procedure to the rack side plates 41, 41, the rear shelf member 10R is removed by unlocking the rear shelf member 10R by the first holder 140. The rack side plates 41 and 41 can be removed.
 前方側棚部材10Fの背面側に配設されるカバー部材95を図27に示す。板金製になるカバー部材95は、図27に示すように、矩形平板の本体950を備えている。本体950の後端側には一段低くなるように折り曲げられて形成された係合部951を有している。係合部951の後縁から起立する後フランジ952に複数(この例では4個)の係合片95Aが設けられている。これらの係合片95Aは後方側棚部材10Rの前端の垂下部120の下端を前方に折り曲げて形成された載置部122(図7参照)に載置されるものである。本体950の左右方向の幅(寸法)は前方側棚部材10Fの左右のフランジ10F1,10F1における係止溝10F14,10F14(図7参照)の間の間隔より小さい寸法に定められている。このカバー部材95には第2ホルダー150が揺動自在に軸支される。 The cover member 95 disposed on the back side of the front shelf member 10F is shown in FIG. The cover member 95 made of sheet metal includes a rectangular flat plate main body 950 as shown in FIG. On the rear end side of the main body 950, there is an engaging portion 951 formed by being bent so as to be lowered by one step. A plurality (four in this example) of engagement pieces 95A are provided on the rear flange 952 standing up from the rear edge of the engagement portion 951. These engagement pieces 95A are mounted on a mounting portion 122 (see FIG. 7) formed by bending the lower end of the drooping portion 120 at the front end of the rear shelf member 10R forward. The width (dimension) in the left-right direction of the main body 950 is determined to be smaller than the distance between the locking grooves 10F14, 10F14 (see FIG. 7) in the left and right flanges 10F1, 10F1 of the front shelf member 10F. A second holder 150 is pivotally supported on the cover member 95 in a swingable manner.
 第2ホルダー150は、図28に示すように、後方側基部151の上方側の左右両端にピン押圧片152,152を備えるとともに後方側基部151の中央部から前方側に突出し、かつ、先端(自由端)に回動突起153a,153aが形成されたアーム状の2つのピン支持片153,153を備え、前方側基部154の中央部に係止突起155と操作片156が形成された着脱板部157を備えた合成樹脂製になる。着脱板部157は操作片146,146と反対側の縁部の左右両端に設けた連結片157a,157aを介して前方側基部154に連結され、その板面が前方側基部154の板面から離隔している。着脱板部157に形成された係止突起155は、半円状の膨出体からなり、第2ホルダー150を前方に回動させた際、棚係止部材101の後縁に係合するものである。 As shown in FIG. 28, the second holder 150 includes pin pressing pieces 152, 152 at the left and right ends on the upper side of the rear base 151, projects forward from the center of the rear base 151, and has a tip ( A detachable plate provided with two arm-like pin support pieces 153 and 153 formed with rotating projections 153a and 153a at a free end, and a locking projection 155 and an operation piece 156 formed at the center of the front base 154 It is made of a synthetic resin provided with a portion 157. The detachable plate portion 157 is connected to the front base portion 154 via connecting pieces 157 a and 157 a provided at the left and right ends of the edge on the opposite side to the operation pieces 146 and 146, and the plate surface is connected to the plate surface of the front base portion 154. Separated. The locking protrusion 155 formed on the detachable plate portion 157 is formed of a semicircular bulge, and engages with the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101 when the second holder 150 is rotated forward. It is.
 前記本体950の前方域の中央には指掛け穴953が形成されている。また、本体950の略中央域には第2ホルダー150の外郭より一回り大きな凸状の窓穴954が形成され、前記窓穴954に沿って対向する対の取付片955,955が切り起こしにより形成されている。前記対の取付片955にはそれぞれ挿通孔955a,955aが穿孔され、これらの挿通孔955a,955aに第2ホルダー150におけるピン支持片153,153の回動突起153a,153aを嵌合させることにより第2ホルダー150がカバー部材95に揺動自在に軸支される。前記指掛け穴953と窓穴954との中間域には切り起こしにより上方に向けて形成された左右に対のフック片956が設けられている。フック片956はフック先端が後方を向く態様で形成されている。 A finger hole 953 is formed at the center of the front area of the main body 950. In addition, a convex window hole 954 that is slightly larger than the outline of the second holder 150 is formed in a substantially central region of the main body 950, and a pair of mounting pieces 955 and 955 facing each other along the window hole 954 are cut and raised. Is formed. Insertion holes 955a and 955a are formed in the pair of attachment pieces 955, respectively, and the rotation protrusions 153a and 153a of the pin support pieces 153 and 153 in the second holder 150 are fitted into these insertion holes 955a and 955a. The second holder 150 is pivotally supported by the cover member 95 so as to be swingable. A pair of hook pieces 956 on the left and right sides formed upward by cutting and raising are provided in an intermediate region between the finger hooking hole 953 and the window hole 954. The hook piece 956 is formed such that the hook tip faces rearward.
 図27に示した棚係止部材101は左右のラック側板41,41に架設されて前方側棚部材10Fを支持するものであり、この棚係止部材101に第2ホルダー150が係止されように構成されている。前記棚係止部材101は矩形平板状の板金を適宜折り曲げて形成され、前端に設けたところの、前端が半円状にカールされて下方に開放するとともに左右に突出した係合部101a、および後端に設けたところの、ダブルホールドされるとともに左右の突出した係合爪101bを左右のラック側板41,41に設けた対応する孔(不図示)に挿通することにより左右のラック側板41,41に架設される。この棚係止部材101の板面にはカバー部材95に設けた対のフック片956,956が貫通する係合穴101c,101cが形成されている。 The shelf locking member 101 shown in FIG. 27 is installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41 to support the front side shelf member 10F, and the second holder 150 will be locked to the shelf locking member 101. It is configured. The shelf locking member 101 is formed by appropriately bending a rectangular plate-shaped sheet metal, and provided at the front end, the front end is curled in a semicircular shape and opened downward and protruded left and right, and The left and right rack side plates 41, 41, 41 are inserted into the corresponding holes (not shown) provided in the left and right rack side plates 41, 41 by double-holding and protruding left and right engaging claws 101 b provided at the rear end. 41 is installed. On the plate surface of the shelf locking member 101, engagement holes 101c and 101c through which a pair of hook pieces 956 and 956 provided in the cover member 95 pass are formed.
 カバー部材95は商品搬出装置5が商品収納棚10を構成する後方側棚部材10Rに直付けして組付けられた商品収納棚10を左右のラック側板41,41に架設した状態で次のように組付けられる。すなわち、第2ホルダー150を垂下状態としたカバー部材95の本体950に設けた指掛け穴953に人差し指(若しくは中指)を掛けるとともに本体950の前縁に親指を掛ける態様でカバー部材95を摘まんだ状態で前記本体950に切り起こしにより上方に向けて形成されたフック片956,956を、左右のラック側板41,41に架設された棚係止部材101の係合穴101c,101cに挿入したうえでカバー部材95の後端に設けた係合片95Aを後方側棚部材10Rの前端の載置部122に載置しつつカバー部材95を後方に向けてスライド移動させてフック片956,956を棚係止部材101に係合させる。これにより、カバー部材95が棚係止部材101と後方側棚部材10Rに仮止めされる。 The cover member 95 is as follows in a state where the product storage shelf 10 assembled by attaching the product delivery device 5 directly to the rear side shelf member 10 </ b> R constituting the product storage shelf 10 to the left and right rack side plates 41, 41. Assembled to. That is, the cover member 95 is picked in such a manner that an index finger (or middle finger) is put on a finger hole 953 provided in the main body 950 of the cover member 95 with the second holder 150 in a suspended state, and a thumb is put on the front edge of the main body 950. In the state, hook pieces 956 and 956 formed upward by cutting and raising the main body 950 are inserted into the engagement holes 101c and 101c of the shelf locking member 101 installed on the left and right rack side plates 41 and 41, respectively. Then, while the engagement piece 95A provided at the rear end of the cover member 95 is placed on the placement portion 122 at the front end of the rear shelf member 10R, the cover member 95 is slid rearward to move the hook pieces 956, 956. Engage with the shelf locking member 101. Thereby, the cover member 95 is temporarily fixed to the shelf locking member 101 and the rear side shelf member 10R.
 かかる状態で、カバー部材95から垂下した第2ホルダー150を前方に向けて揺動(回動)させる。カバー部材95に軸支された第2ホルダー150と棚係止部材101との位置関係は、前述のように第2ホルダー150を回動させた場合に第2ホルダー150の着脱板部157に形成した係止突起155が棚係止部材101の後縁に当接して第2ホルダー150の回動を妨げるように定められている。そこで、第2ホルダー150の着脱板部157に形成した係止突起155が棚係止部材101の後縁に当接した後、更に第2ホルダー150を回動させると着脱板部157が撓んで係止突起155が棚係止部材101の後縁を乗り越える。係止突起155が棚係止部材101の後縁を乗り越えると、着脱板部157が元の状態に復元して係止突起155が棚係止部材101の後縁に係合し、カバー部材95のフック片956,956が棚係止部材101に係合された状態を維持する(図5の(b)参照)。このようにして、カバー部材95は第2ホルダー150により脱落が防止された状態で組付けられる。このカバー部材95は前述の組付け手順と逆の手順で取り外すことができるものである。 In this state, the second holder 150 suspended from the cover member 95 is swung (turned) forward. The positional relationship between the second holder 150 pivotally supported by the cover member 95 and the shelf locking member 101 is formed on the removable plate portion 157 of the second holder 150 when the second holder 150 is rotated as described above. The latching protrusion 155 is set to abut against the rear edge of the shelf latching member 101 to prevent the second holder 150 from rotating. Therefore, after the locking projection 155 formed on the removable plate portion 157 of the second holder 150 comes into contact with the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101, when the second holder 150 is further rotated, the removable plate portion 157 is bent. The locking protrusion 155 gets over the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101. When the locking projection 155 gets over the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101, the detachable plate portion 157 is restored to the original state, and the locking projection 155 is engaged with the rear edge of the shelf locking member 101, and the cover member 95. The hook pieces 956 and 956 are kept engaged with the shelf locking member 101 (see FIG. 5B). In this manner, the cover member 95 is assembled in a state in which the cover member 95 is prevented from falling off by the second holder 150. The cover member 95 can be removed by a procedure reverse to the assembling procedure described above.
 次に、モータ駆動ユニット70により商品搬出装置5の払出機構50におけるリンク機構54を駆動して大径でロングサイズの商品Gの払い出しを行う動作について図29~図31を用いて説明する。図29~図31では商品搬出装置5の要部を示し、図29は商品ローディング前の動作説明図、図30は販売待機状態の動作説明図、図31は販売時の動作説明図である。なお、図29~図31では大径のロングサイズの商品Gを販売するものであるので、第1ストッパ部材52にはストッパ用アタッチメント60は装着されていない。 Next, the operation of driving the link mechanism 54 in the delivery mechanism 50 of the product delivery device 5 by the motor drive unit 70 to deliver the product G having a large diameter and a long size will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 to 31 show the main part of the product carry-out device 5, FIG. 29 is an operation explanatory diagram before product loading, FIG. 30 is an operation explanatory diagram in a sales standby state, and FIG. 31 is an operation explanatory diagram at the time of sales. In FIG. 29 to FIG. 31, since the large-diameter long-sized product G is sold, the stopper attachment 60 is not attached to the first stopper member 52.
 図29に示すように、払出機構50の第1ストッパ部材52は、商品がローディングされる以前の状態では捻りコイルばね570(図13参照)の付勢力によって商品収納通路43に突出し、第2ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43から退避している。この場合、モータ駆動ユニット70の出力歯車715のカム突起7151が最も前方に位置している(図23の(a)参照)。また、出力歯車715の背面に設けたキャリアスイッチ716の押圧片が最も前方に位置してキャリアスイッチ716がオン状態にある。これにより、モータ711が停止しており、リンクレバー717の先端部717bがリンク部材541の係合壁面541bから後方側に離隔した位置にある。このため、リンク部材541は復帰ばね540の付勢力により後退した状態にある。また、第1ストッパ部材52は、捻りコイルばね570の付勢力によって商品収納通路43に突出して最大開度(例えば、商品収納通路43から退避した第2ストッパ部材53との角度が略90度)に開いた突出位置にある。第1ストッパ部材52は、第1ストッパ部材52の軸受部522に設けた異形孔523に挿通された後部リンクピン55との協働により動作範囲が規制され、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度以上に開くことはなく、また、最大開度に開いた状態で異形孔523のロック溝部523aが後部リンクピン55との間に隙間を有している。このように、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度に開いた状態では第1ストッパ部材52の突起525が配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aの底面部の窓92に臨み、機構部保持部材51の凹状溝の底壁に形成した開口部519を介して配線ガイド部材90の太溝部90aに装着された売切検出スイッチ91のアクチュエータ93を押圧し、売切検出スイッチ91がオン状態となっている。一方、第2ストッパ部材53は、ストッパ壁534に形成した凹状の摺動溝534aに、後退位置に移動した前部リンクピン56を受容して商品収納通路43から退避した退避位置に維持されている。 As shown in FIG. 29, the first stopper member 52 of the payout mechanism 50 projects into the product storage passage 43 by the urging force of the torsion coil spring 570 (see FIG. 13) before the product is loaded, and the second stopper The member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43. In this case, the cam projection 7151 of the output gear 715 of the motor drive unit 70 is located in the foremost position (see FIG. 23A). In addition, the carrier switch 716 pressing piece provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 is located in the foremost position, and the carrier switch 716 is in the ON state. As a result, the motor 711 is stopped, and the tip end portion 717b of the link lever 717 is at a position spaced rearward from the engagement wall surface 541b of the link member 541. For this reason, the link member 541 is in a state of being retracted by the urging force of the return spring 540. The first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570 and has a maximum opening (for example, the angle with the second stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 is approximately 90 degrees). Is in the open protruding position. The operating range of the first stopper member 52 is restricted by the cooperation with the rear link pin 55 inserted into the deformed hole 523 provided in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52, and the first stopper member 52 has the maximum opening degree. The locking groove 523a of the modified hole 523 has a gap with the rear link pin 55 in a state where the opening is not maximized. Thus, in the state where the first stopper member 52 is opened to the maximum opening, the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 faces the window 92 on the bottom surface of the thick groove portion 90a of the wiring guide member 90, and the mechanism portion holding member 51 Through the opening 519 formed in the bottom wall of the concave groove, the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91 attached to the thick groove 90a of the wiring guide member 90 is pressed, and the sold-out detection switch 91 is in the ON state. . On the other hand, the second stopper member 53 is maintained in the retracted position where the front link pin 56 moved to the retracted position is received in the concave sliding groove 534 a formed in the stopper wall 534 and retracted from the product storage passage 43. Yes.
 斯様な待機状態において、最初にローディングされた商品Gは、最大開度に開いて突出位置にある第1ストッパ部材52の保持部521に当接する。商品Gが当接することにより第1ストッパ部材52は退避位置に向けて回動する。この回動により第1ストッパ部材52の軸受部522における異形孔523のロック溝部523aが、後退位置に移動した後部リンクピン55と当接して第1ストッパ部材52は商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックされ、第1ストッパ部材52に保持された商品Gが販売順位一番の商品(販売商品G1)となる(図30参照)。このように、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度から当該最大開度よりも小さな開度(例えば、商品収納通路43から退避した第2ストッパ部材53との角度が略95度)で商品収納通路43に突出した状態にロックされるように回動すると、第1ストッパ部材52の突起525が売切検出スイッチ91のアクチュエータ93の押圧を解除することにより売切検出スイッチ91がオフ状態となる。次にローディングされる商品は、第1ストッパ部材52により保持された販売商品G1の上に積み重ねられて次販売商品G2となり、引き続いてローディングされる商品は、次販売商品G2の上に順次積み重ねられる。 In such a standby state, the product G loaded first comes into contact with the holding portion 521 of the first stopper member 52 which is opened to the maximum opening and in the protruding position. When the product G abuts, the first stopper member 52 rotates toward the retracted position. As a result of this rotation, the locking groove 523 a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 moved to the retracted position, and the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43. The product G locked at the position and held by the first stopper member 52 becomes the product with the highest sales order (sales product G1) (see FIG. 30). As described above, the product storage passage is configured such that the first stopper member 52 is opened from the maximum opening to an opening smaller than the maximum opening (for example, the angle with the second stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 is approximately 95 degrees). When it is rotated so as to be locked in the state protruding to 43, the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 releases the press of the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91, so that the sold-out detection switch 91 is turned off. The next loaded product is stacked on the sales product G1 held by the first stopper member 52 to become the next sales product G2, and the subsequently loaded products are sequentially stacked on the next sales product G2. .
 そして、商品収納ラック4に収容した商品Gは冷却/加熱ユニット7により冷却若しくは加熱されて販売に適したコールド若しくはホット状態に保存されて販売可能な状態(販売待機状態)となる。なお、図示は省略したが、この自動販売機は全体の制御を司る制御部を有するものであり、この主制御部には各種の実行プログラムを記憶したROM,各種データを格納するRAM,各種入力信号により各種実行プログラムを実行するCPUなどを備え、冷却/加熱ユニット7はゾーン冷却若しくはゾーン加熱、全体冷却若しくは全体加熱するプログラムに従って駆動制御されるものである。斯様な販売待機状態において、商品選択スイッチの操作に基づく販売指令により商品搬出装置5Aが指定された場合にモータ駆動ユニット70に与えられると、モータ駆動ユニット70に内蔵されたモータ711が正転駆動され、歯車伝達機構714を介して出力歯車715が、図23の(a)において、反時計回りの方向に回転する。出力歯車715が回転すると、出力歯車715の背面に設けた押圧片がキャリアスイッチ716の接触子から離脱してキャリアスイッチ716がオフ状態となり、次にキャリアスイッチ716がオン状態となるまで(すなわち、出力歯車715が一回転するまでの期間)モータ711を正転駆動させる。出力歯車715の回転によりカム突起7151がリンクレバー717の基部717aに前方より当接すると、リンクレバー717は、弾性部材からなる係止片717cを撓めつつ、図23の(a)において時計回りの方向に回転する。このリンクレバー717の7時計回りの方向への回転により、その先端部717bがリンク部材541の係合壁面541bに当接してリンク部材541を復帰ばね540の付勢力に抗して前進させる。そして、カム突起7151がリンクレバー717の基部717aに摺接している期間中(図23の(b)参照)は、リンク部材541が前進した状態に保持される。 Then, the product G stored in the product storage rack 4 is cooled or heated by the cooling / heating unit 7 and stored in a cold or hot state suitable for sale and is in a state where it can be sold (sales standby state). Although not shown in the figure, this vending machine has a control unit that controls the entire system. This main control unit includes a ROM that stores various execution programs, a RAM that stores various data, and various inputs. The CPU includes a CPU that executes various execution programs in response to signals, and the cooling / heating unit 7 is driven and controlled according to a zone cooling or zone heating, overall cooling, or overall heating program. In such a sales standby state, when the product carry-out device 5A is designated by the sales command based on the operation of the product selection switch, when the motor drive unit 70 is given, the motor 711 built in the motor drive unit 70 is rotated forward. When driven, the output gear 715 rotates counterclockwise in FIG. 23A via the gear transmission mechanism 714. When the output gear 715 rotates, the pressing piece provided on the back surface of the output gear 715 is detached from the contact of the carrier switch 716, the carrier switch 716 is turned off, and then the carrier switch 716 is turned on (i.e., The period until the output gear 715 rotates once) The motor 711 is driven to rotate forward. When the cam projection 7151 comes into contact with the base portion 717a of the link lever 717 from the front by the rotation of the output gear 715, the link lever 717 bends the locking piece 717c made of an elastic member and rotates clockwise in FIG. Rotate in the direction of. By rotation of the link lever 717 in the clockwise direction, the tip end portion 717b abuts against the engagement wall surface 541b of the link member 541, and the link member 541 is advanced against the urging force of the return spring 540. During the period in which the cam projection 7151 is in sliding contact with the base 717a of the link lever 717 (see FIG. 23B), the link member 541 is held in the advanced state.
 このリンク部材541の前進に伴ってリンク部材541に支持された後部リンクピン55も機構部保持部材51に設けた長穴516に沿って前進して第1ストッパ部材52の異形孔523のロック溝部523aから離脱するので、当該後部リンクピン55により突出位置にロックされた第1ストッパ部材52のロックが解除される。これにより、第1ストッパ部材52が商品の荷重によって捻りコイルばね570の付勢力に抗して退避位置に向けて移動する(図31参照)。第1ストッパ部材52の退避位置への移動により販売商品G1は、第1ストッパ部材52をすり抜けて後方に搬出される。販売商品G1が第1ストッパ部材52をすり抜けると、第1ストッパ部材52は捻りコイルばね570の付勢力によって突出位置に自動的に復帰する。 As the link member 541 moves forward, the rear link pin 55 supported by the link member 541 also moves forward along the long hole 516 provided in the mechanism holding member 51 to lock the groove portion of the deformed hole 523 of the first stopper member 52. Since it is separated from 523a, the first stopper member 52 locked at the protruding position by the rear link pin 55 is unlocked. Accordingly, the first stopper member 52 moves toward the retracted position against the urging force of the torsion coil spring 570 due to the load of the product (see FIG. 31). Due to the movement of the first stopper member 52 to the retracted position, the sales commodity G1 passes through the first stopper member 52 and is carried out rearward. When the sales commodity G1 passes through the first stopper member 52, the first stopper member 52 automatically returns to the protruding position by the biasing force of the torsion coil spring 570.
 一方、販売待機状態でリンク部材541に保持された前部リンクピン56を凹状の摺動溝534aに受け入れて退避位置に維持された第2ストッパ部材53は、リンク部材541とともに前進する前部リンクピン56が摺動溝534aの壁面と摺接することにより突出位置へ向けて押し出される(図31参照)。そして、前部リンクピン56が第2ストッパ部材53におけるストッパ壁534のストッパ面534bに対峙する位置まで前進することによりストッパ面534bと当接して第2ストッパ部材53の退避位置への移動が規制される。第2ストッパ部材53は突出位置へ向けて移動する際、販売商品G1に当接して当該販売商品を押し出す。そして、突出位置に移動した第2ストッパ部材53は、販売商品G1が搬出されることにより後方に移動する次販売商品G2に当接して保持し、次販売商品G2が後方に向けて移動するのを規制する。 On the other hand, the second stopper member 53 that is held in the retracted position by receiving the front link pin 56 held by the link member 541 in the sales standby state in the concave slide groove 534a is moved forward together with the link member 541. The pin 56 is pushed out toward the protruding position by being in sliding contact with the wall surface of the sliding groove 534a (see FIG. 31). Then, the front link pin 56 advances to a position facing the stopper surface 534b of the stopper wall 534 in the second stopper member 53, so that the movement of the second stopper member 53 to the retracted position is restricted by contacting the stopper surface 534b. Is done. When the second stopper member 53 moves toward the protruding position, the second stopper member 53 comes into contact with the sales product G1 and pushes out the sales product. And the 2nd stopper member 53 which moved to the protrusion position contact | abuts and hold | maintains the next sale goods G2 which move back by the sale goods G1 being carried out, and the next sale goods G2 moves toward back. To regulate.
 前記第1ストッパ部材52を退避位置に退避させて販売商品g1を払い出す一方、第2ストッパ部材53を退避位置から突出位置に移動させて次販売商品g2を保持する動作は、出力歯車715のカム突起7151がリンクレバー717の基部717aに摺接している時間中に実行される。 The operation of moving the second stopper member 53 from the retracted position to the protruding position to hold the next sold product g2 while retracting the first stopper member 52 to the retracted position is performed by the output gear 715. It is executed during the time when the cam projection 7151 is in sliding contact with the base 717a of the link lever 717.
 そして、出力歯車715の回転によりカム突起7151とリンクレバー717の基部717aとの当接が解除されると、リンクレバー717が弾性変形していた係止片717cの復元力により図23の(a)の待機姿勢に復帰する一方、リンク部材541は復帰ばね540の付勢力により後退する。このリンク部材541の後退によってリンク部材541に支持された前部リンクピン56が第2ストッパ部材53のストッパ面534bから摺動溝534aに入り込んで第2ストッパ部材53を退避位置に向けて移動させる。この第2ストッパ部材53の退避位置への移動により第2ストッパ部材53に保持された次販売商品G2が後方に移動して最大開度に開いた第1ストッパ部材52に当接する。この後、第1ストッパ部材52の軸受部522における異形孔523のロック溝部523aが、後退位置に移動した後部リンクピン55と当接して第1ストッパ部材52は商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックされて次販売商品G2を販売商品として保持する。そして、出力歯車715の回転によりカム突起7151が待機状態の位置に戻ると、キャリアスイッチ716の接触子が押圧片により押圧されてキャリアスイッチ716がオン状態となる。これによりモータ711の駆動が停止されて販売待機状態に復帰する。 When the contact between the cam projection 7151 and the base portion 717a of the link lever 717 is released by the rotation of the output gear 715, the restoring force of the locking piece 717c in which the link lever 717 is elastically deformed causes (a) of FIG. The link member 541 is retracted by the urging force of the return spring 540. The front link pin 56 supported by the link member 541 by the retraction of the link member 541 enters the sliding groove 534a from the stopper surface 534b of the second stopper member 53, and moves the second stopper member 53 toward the retracted position. . By the movement of the second stopper member 53 to the retracted position, the next sale product G2 held by the second stopper member 53 moves rearward and comes into contact with the first stopper member 52 opened to the maximum opening degree. Thereafter, the locking groove portion 523a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 moved to the retracted position, and the first stopper member 52 protrudes into the product storage passage 43. And the next sale product G2 is held as a sale product. When the cam projection 7151 returns to the standby position by the rotation of the output gear 715, the contact of the carrier switch 716 is pressed by the pressing piece, and the carrier switch 716 is turned on. As a result, the drive of the motor 711 is stopped and the sales standby state is restored.
 なお、出力歯車715の時計回りの方向への回転によりカム突起7151とリンクレバー717の基部717aとの当接が解除された後、出力歯車715のカム突起7151が待機状態の位置に戻る途中において、カム突起7151がリンクレバー718の基部718aに当接するが、弾性部材からなる係止片718cが弾性変形してリンクレバー718の時計方向への回動を許容することによりカム突起7151は移動を阻止されることなく復帰位置に復帰する。リンクレバー718はカム突起7151が通過すると係止片718cの作用により図示の待機姿勢に復帰する。 In addition, after the output gear 715 is rotated in the clockwise direction, the cam projection 7151 and the base 717a of the link lever 717 are released from contact with each other, and then the cam projection 7151 of the output gear 715 returns to the standby position. The cam projection 7151 contacts the base portion 718a of the link lever 718. However, the locking piece 718c made of an elastic member is elastically deformed to allow the link lever 718 to rotate clockwise, so that the cam projection 7151 moves. Return to the return position without being blocked. When the cam protrusion 7151 passes, the link lever 718 returns to the illustrated standby position by the action of the locking piece 718c.
 さて、小径でショートサイズの商品gの払い出しを行う動作について図32および図33を用いて説明する。この場合、商品搬出装置5の第1ストッパ部材52にはストッパ用アタッチメント60が装着され、商品収納棚10には通路規制用アタッチメント40が装着されているものである。商品g(販売商品g1,次販売商品g2)を販売する際にも商品収納通路43に商品gが収納されていない場合(待機状態)では第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度に開いた状態(図29に示す状態)で売切検出スイッチ91がオン状態となっている。 Now, the operation of paying out the product g having a small diameter and a short size will be described with reference to FIGS. 32 and 33. FIG. In this case, the stopper attachment 60 is attached to the first stopper member 52 of the product carry-out device 5, and the passage regulating attachment 40 is attached to the product storage shelf 10. When the product g (sales product g1, next sale product g2) is sold, if the product g is not stored in the product storage passage 43 (standby state), the first stopper member 52 is opened to the maximum opening ( In the state shown in FIG. 29, the sold-out detection switch 91 is turned on.
 斯様な待機状態において、最初にローディングされた商品g(販売商品g1)は、最大開度に開いて突出位置にある第1ストッパ部材52に装着されたストッパ用アタッチメント60に当接する。商品g(販売商品g1)が当接することにより第1ストッパ部材52は退避位置に向けて回動する。この回動により、図30に示したように、第1ストッパ部材52の軸受部522における異形孔523のロック溝部523aが、後退位置に移動した後部リンクピン55と当接して第1ストッパ部材52は商品収納通路43に突出した突出位置にロックされ、第1ストッパ部材52に保持された商品g(販売商品g1)が販売順位一番の商品g1となる(図32参照)。このように、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度から当該最大開度よりも小さな開度(例えば、商品収納通路43から退避した第2ストッパ部材53との角度が略95度)で商品収納通路43に突出した状態にロックされるように回動すると、第1ストッパ部材52の突起525が売切検出スイッチ91のアクチュエータ93の押圧を解除することにより売切検出スイッチ91がオフ状態となる。次にローディングされる商品g(次販売商品g2)は、第1ストッパ部材52により保持された販売商品g1の上に積み重ねられて次販売商品g2となり、引き続いてローディングされる商品gは、次販売商品g2の上に順次積み重ねられる。斯様な販売待機状態において、商品選択スイッチの操作に基づく販売指令により商品搬出装置5が動作する。商品搬出装置5の動作により第2ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43に突出して次販売商品g2を保持したうえで第1ストッパ部材52が商品収納通路43から退避して販売商品g1を払い出す(図33)。この商品搬出装置5の動作は大径でロングサイズの商品Gを販売する動作と同一であるので、ここでは重複する説明を割愛する。 In such a standby state, the first loaded product g (sales product g1) contacts the stopper attachment 60 attached to the first stopper member 52 that is opened to the maximum opening and in the protruding position. When the product g (sales product g1) contacts, the first stopper member 52 rotates toward the retracted position. By this rotation, as shown in FIG. 30, the lock groove portion 523 a of the deformed hole 523 in the bearing portion 522 of the first stopper member 52 comes into contact with the rear link pin 55 moved to the retracted position, and the first stopper member 52. Is locked at the protruding position protruding in the product storage passage 43, and the product g (sales product g1) held by the first stopper member 52 becomes the product g1 having the highest sales order (see FIG. 32). As described above, the product storage passage is configured such that the first stopper member 52 is opened from the maximum opening to an opening smaller than the maximum opening (for example, the angle with the second stopper member 53 retracted from the product storage passage 43 is approximately 95 degrees). When it is rotated so as to be locked in the state protruding to 43, the protrusion 525 of the first stopper member 52 releases the press of the actuator 93 of the sold-out detection switch 91, so that the sold-out detection switch 91 is turned off. The next loaded product g (next sale product g2) is stacked on the sale product g1 held by the first stopper member 52 to become the next sale product g2, and the subsequently loaded product g is the next sale. The products are sequentially stacked on the product g2. In such a sales standby state, the product carry-out device 5 operates in accordance with a sales command based on the operation of the product selection switch. The second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 by the operation of the product carry-out device 5 to hold the next sale product g2, and then the first stopper member 52 retreats from the product storage passage 43 and pays out the sale product g1 ( FIG. 33). Since the operation of the product carry-out device 5 is the same as the operation of selling the product G having a large diameter and a long size, a duplicate description is omitted here.
 ところで、商品収納通路43に収納された商品の売り切れの検出は、前記商品搬出装置5における販売商品G(g)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出した第1ストッパ部材52に掛かる商品荷重に基づいて第1ストッパ部材52が商品収納通路43に収納された商品が無くなった際に最大開度に開く挙動により商品の売り切れを検出するように構成されているため、商品荷重が比較的重い大径のロングサイズの商品Gであれば第1ストッパ部材52の前述した挙動により安定した売り切れの検出が可能となるが、商品荷重の小さい小径でショートサイズの商品gにあっては商品の販売が進んで商品収納通路43に収納された商品gの残りが1個となった場合に第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度に開くように挙動し、販売商品g1があるにも係わらず「売り切れ」となって販売機会を逸するおそれがある。それも、この種の自動販売機においては商品収納棚10が商品投入口44に対して商品搬出口45が低くなるように傾斜して配設され、商品収納棚10の傾斜角度を小さくして商品収納棚10の段数を多く傾向があるため、販売商品g1があるにも係わらず「売り切れ」となって販売機会を逸するおそれがある。 By the way, the detection of the sold-out of the product stored in the product storage passage 43 is performed by detecting the product load applied to the first stopper member 52 protruding into the product storage passage 43 in a manner of holding the sales product G (g) in the product delivery device 5. The first stopper member 52 is configured to detect the sold-out of the product by the behavior of opening to the maximum opening when there is no product stored in the product storage passage 43, so the product load is relatively heavy In the case of a large-diameter long-sized product G, it is possible to detect sold-out stably by the above-described behavior of the first stopper member 52. However, in the case of a small-diameter and short-sized product g having a small product load, the sale of the product proceeds. When the remaining product g stored in the product storage passage 43 becomes one, the first stopper member 52 behaves to open to the maximum opening, and the sales product g1 There is a risk of departing from the sales opportunity is "sold out" in spite of that. In this type of vending machine, the product storage shelf 10 is inclined with respect to the product input port 44 so that the product outlet 45 is lowered, and the inclination angle of the product storage shelf 10 is reduced. Since there is a tendency to increase the number of stages of the product storage shelves 10, there is a risk that the sales opportunity will be missed due to “sold out” despite the presence of the sales product g1.
 かかる点、この実施の形態においては、通路規制用アタッチメント40が、商品収納通路43の商品投入口44から商品搬出口45の近傍に配設された商品搬出装置5に至るとともに商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)と略平行な商品転動面部401と当該商品転動面部401に連なるとともに商品搬出口45に向かうにしたがって商品収納棚10の板面(通路面)に接近する態様で傾斜し、かつ、第1ストッパ部材52に装着されたストッパ用アタッチメント60により保持された販売商品g1の待機位置なる傾斜面部402を備えてなることにより、商品収納通路43に収納された商品g1が残り1個となった場合、最後の1個の商品g1は商品転動面部401の傾斜角度よりも傾斜角度の大きな傾斜面部402に位置していることから商品収納棚10の傾斜角度を大きくした場合と同様の作用をなし、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度に開く挙動を抑制することができる。したがって、第1ストッパ部材52が最大開度に開くような挙動に基づいて商品の売り切れを検出する場合ものにおいても販売機会を逸することなく小径でショートサイズの商品gを最後の1本まで販売することができるものである。 In this respect, in this embodiment, the passage regulating attachment 40 extends from the product input port 44 of the product storage passage 43 to the product delivery device 5 disposed in the vicinity of the product delivery port 45 and the product storage shelf 10. A product rolling surface portion 401 that is substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) and the product rolling surface portion 401 are inclined in a manner that approaches the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf 10 toward the product exit 45. In addition, since the inclined surface portion 402 serving as a standby position for the sold product g1 held by the stopper attachment 60 attached to the first stopper member 52 is provided, the product g1 stored in the product storage passage 43 remains. When the number is one, the last one product g1 is located on the inclined surface portion 402 having a larger inclination angle than the inclination angle of the product rolling surface portion 401. None the same effect as if the inclination angle was greater goods accommodating shelf 10, the first stopper member 52 can be suppressed the behavior that opens the maximum opening degree. Therefore, even in the case of detecting the sold-out of the product based on the behavior that the first stopper member 52 opens to the maximum opening, the last one product with a small diameter and a short size is sold without missing the sales opportunity. It is something that can be done.
 前述したように、この実施の形態に係る自動販売機によれば、商品投入口44に対して商品搬出口45が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚10を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚10に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路43を仕切部材42により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚10おける商品搬出口45の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置5により商品収納通路43に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラック4を備え、前記商品搬出装置が、商品収納通路43に出没自在であって販売順位一番の商品(最後端の商品であり、販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路43から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けた第1ストッパ部材52、商品収納通路43に出没自在であって商品収納通路43から退避する退避位置と販売商品に続く販売順位二番の商品(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けた第2ストッパ部材53、前記第1ストッパ部材52および第2ストッパ部材53を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させるリンク機構54、このリンク機構54を駆動する駆動手段(モータ駆動ユニット70)を有し、販売待機時に第1ストッパ部材52が商品収納通路43に突出して販売商品を保持し、第2ストッパ部材53が商品収納通路43から退避した状態にあり、販売指令に基づいて前記駆動手段(モータ駆動ユニット70)を駆動することによりリンク機構54を介して第2ストッパ部材53を商品収納通路43に突出させて次販売商品を保持したうえで第1ストッパ部材52を商品収納通路43から退避させて販売商品を払い出すように構成された自動販売機において、前記商品搬出装置5の第1ストッパ部材52に、当該第1ストッパ部材52が販売商品を保持する態様で商品収納通路43に突出した状態で販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口44側に寄せるストッパ用アタッチメント60を着脱自在に取り付けたことにより、第1ストッパ部材52にストッパ用アタッチメント60を装着すれば比較的径の小さな商品であっても販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口44側に寄せることができ、商品販売時に商品収納通路43に突出する第2ストッパ部材が次販売商品と販売商品との間に進入して両者を切り分けたうえで第1ストッパ部材52が商品収納通路43から退避して販売商品(比較的径の小さな商品)のみを確実に搬出することが可能となり、第1ストッパ部材52からストッパ用アタッチメント60を取り外せば大径商品に対応して商品販売時に商品収納通路43に突出する第2ストッパ部材53が次販売商品と販売商品との間に進入して両者を切り分けたうえで第1ストッパ部材52が商品収納通路43から退避して販売商品(大径商品)のみを確実に搬出することが可能となり、一つの商品コラムで径の異なる複数種類の商品を安定して搬出することができるという効果を奏する。 As described above, according to the vending machine according to this embodiment, the product storage shelves 10 that are disposed so as to be inclined with respect to the product input port 44 so that the product exit 45 is lowered are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction. And a plurality of product storage passages 43 in the product storage shelf 10 that are arranged in a line in the front-rear direction and stored in the product storage shelf 10 in the left-right direction. A product storage rack 4 is provided for cutting out and transporting the products stored in the product storage passage 43 one by one by the product discharge device 5 arranged in the vicinity of the carry-out port 45, and the product discharge device can freely move in and out of the product storage passage 43. The product storage passage in a manner of releasing the protruding position protruding into the product storage passage 43 and the holding of the sales product in a manner of holding the product with the highest sales order (the last product, also referred to as the sale product) 4 The first stopper member 52 provided so as to be movable between the retracted position and the retracted position for retreating from the product. A second stopper member 53 movably provided between a projecting position projecting into the product storage passage 43 in a manner to hold (a product following the last product, also referred to as a next sale product), the first stopper It has a link mechanism 54 that moves the member 52 and the second stopper member 53 to a protruding position and a retracted position, and a drive means (motor drive unit 70) that drives the link mechanism 54. The product for sale is held in the product storage passage 43 and the second stopper member 53 is retracted from the product storage passage 43, and the drive means (mode By driving the drive unit 70), the second stopper member 53 protrudes into the product storage passage 43 through the link mechanism 54 to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member 52 is retracted from the product storage passage 43. In the vending machine configured to pay out the sale merchandise, the first stopper member 52 of the merchandise unloading device 5 protrudes into the merchandise storage passage 43 in a manner that the first stopper member 52 holds the sale merchandise. In this state, the stopper attachment 60 that brings the stand-by position of the sold product toward the product inlet 44 side is detachably attached, so that if the stopper attachment 60 is attached to the first stopper member 52, the product has a relatively small diameter. However, the standby position of the sold product can be brought closer to the product input port 44 side, and the second slot protruding into the product storage passage 43 at the time of product sales. After the topper member enters between the next sale product and the sale product and separates both, the first stopper member 52 is retracted from the product storage passage 43 to ensure that only the sale product (a product having a relatively small diameter) is provided. When the stopper attachment 60 is removed from the first stopper member 52, the second stopper member 53 that protrudes into the product storage passage 43 at the time of product sale corresponds to the next sale product and the sale product. The first stopper member 52 can be withdrawn from the product storage passage 43 and only the sold product (large-diameter product) can be reliably carried out after entering between the two and separating the two. There is an effect that it is possible to stably carry out a plurality of different types of products.
 なお、前述した実施の形態においては、リンク機構54を駆動する駆動装置がモータ駆動ユニット70であるものについて説明したが、モータ駆動ユニット70に代えてソレノイドを用いることができるものであり、実施の形態の構成に限定されるものではない。 In the above-described embodiment, the drive device that drives the link mechanism 54 is the motor drive unit 70, but a solenoid can be used instead of the motor drive unit 70. It is not limited to the configuration of the form.
 4…商品収納ラック、5(5A,5B)…商品搬出装置、10…商品収納棚、10F…前方側棚部材、10R…後方側棚部材、40…通路規制用アタッチメント、41…ラック側板、42…仕切部材、43…商品収納通路、44…商品投入口、45…商品搬出口、51…機構部保持部材、52…第1ストッパ部材、53…第2ストッパ部材、54…リンク機構、55…後部リンクピン、56…前部リンクピン、57…回動軸、60…ストッパ用アタッチメント、70…モータ駆動ユニット(駆動装置)、80…駆動部保持部材、541…リンク部材。 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 4 ... Product storage rack, 5 (5A, 5B) ... Product delivery apparatus, 10 ... Product storage shelf, 10F ... Front side shelf member, 10R ... Back side shelf member, 40 ... Attachment for passage control, 41 ... Rack side plate, 42 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS ... Partition member, 43 ... Merchandise storage passage, 44 ... Merchandise entry port, 45 ... Merchandise delivery port, 51 ... Mechanism part holding member, 52 ... 1st stopper member, 53 ... 2nd stopper member, 54 ... Link mechanism, 55 ... Rear link pin, 56 ... front link pin, 57 ... rotating shaft, 60 ... attachment for stopper, 70 ... motor drive unit (drive device), 80 ... drive holding member, 541 ... link member.

Claims (2)

  1.  商品投入口に対して商品搬出口が低くなるように傾斜して配設された商品収納棚を上下方向に多段に有し、この商品収納棚に横倒し姿勢の商品を前後方向に一列に整列して収納する商品収納通路を仕切部材により左右方向に複数画成してなり、商品収納棚おける商品搬出口の近傍に配設した商品搬出装置により商品収納通路に収納された商品を一個ずつ切り出して搬出する商品収納ラックを備え、前記商品搬出装置が、商品収納通路に出没自在であって販売順位一番の商品(最後端の商品であり、販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置と前記販売商品の保持を解放する態様で商品収納通路から退避する退避位置との間を移動可能に設けた第1ストッパ部材、商品収納通路に出没自在であって商品収納通路から退避する退避位置と販売商品に続く販売順位二番の商品(最後端の商品に続く商品であり、次販売商品ともいう)を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出する突出位置との間を移動可能に設けた第2ストッパ部材、前記第1ストッパ部材および第2ストッパ部材を突出位置と退避位置とに移動させるリンク機構、このリンク機構を駆動する駆動手段(ソレノイド、モータ)を有し、販売待機時に第1ストッパ部材が商品収納通路に突出して販売商品を保持し、第2ストッパ部材が商品収納通路から退避した状態にあり、販売指令に基づいて前記駆動手段を駆動することによりリンク機構を介して第2ストッパ部材を商品収納通路に突出させて次販売商品を保持したうえで第1ストッパ部材を商品収納通路から退避させて販売商品を払い出すように構成された自動販売機において、前記商品搬出装置の第1ストッパ部材に、当該第1ストッパ部材が販売商品を保持する態様で商品収納通路に突出した状態で販売商品の待機位置を商品投入口側に寄せるストッパ用アタッチメントを着脱自在に取り付けたことを特徴とする自動販売機。 The product storage shelves are arranged in multiple stages in the vertical direction so that the product exit is lower than the product entry port, and the products in a lying position are aligned in a line in the front-rear direction on this product storage shelf. A plurality of product storage passages are defined in the left-right direction by partition members, and the products stored in the product storage passages are cut out one by one by a product delivery device disposed in the vicinity of the product exit in the product storage shelf. A product storage passage having a product storage rack for carrying out, wherein the product carry-out device holds the product at the highest sales order (it is the last product and is also referred to as a sales product) that can freely move in and out of the product storage passage. A first stopper member movably provided between a projecting position projecting into the product and a retracted position retracted from the product storage passage in a mode of releasing the holding of the sold product, and the product storage passage can be moved in and out of the product storage passage. Or Moves between the retracted position that retracts and the protruding position that protrudes into the product storage passage in a manner that holds the second-ranked product following the sales product (the product following the last product, also called the next sales product) A second stopper member that can be provided; a link mechanism that moves the first stopper member and the second stopper member to a protruding position and a retracted position; and a drive means (solenoid, motor) that drives the link mechanism. During standby, the first stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the sold product, and the second stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage, and the link mechanism is driven by driving the drive means based on a sales command. Through which the second stopper member protrudes into the product storage passage to hold the next sale product, and then the first stopper member is retracted from the product storage passage to dispense the sale product. In the vending machine configured as described above, the first stopper member of the commodity carry-out device has the standby position of the commodity for sale in a state where the first stopper member protrudes into the commodity storage passage in a manner to retain the commodity for sale. A vending machine with a detachable attachment for the stopper that comes to the side.
  2.  請求項1に記載の自動販売機において、商品収納棚に着脱自在に敷設され、商品収納棚の板面(通路面)を上昇させる態様の通路規制用アタッチメントを備え、前記通路規制用アタッチメントは、商品収納通路の商品投入口から商品搬出装置に至るとともに商品収納棚の板面(通路面)と略平行な商品転動面部と当該商品転動面部に連なるとともに商品搬出口に向かうにしたがって商品収納棚の板面(通路面)に接近する態様で傾斜し、かつ、第1ストッパ部材に装着されたストッパ用アタッチメントにより保持された販売商品の待機位置となる傾斜面部とからなることを特徴とする自動販売機。 The vending machine according to claim 1, further comprising a passage restriction attachment that is detachably laid on a product storage shelf and raises a plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf, wherein the passage restriction attachment includes: From the product entry port of the product storage passage to the product carry-out device, the product rolling surface portion that is substantially parallel to the plate surface (passage surface) of the product storage shelf, the product rolling surface portion, and the product storage as it goes to the product exit And an inclined surface portion that is inclined in a manner approaching the plate surface (passage surface) of the shelf and that serves as a standby position for a sale product held by a stopper attachment attached to the first stopper member. vending machine.
PCT/JP2019/013448 2018-03-30 2019-03-27 Automatic vending machine WO2019189510A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980007230.1A CN111557025B (en) 2018-03-30 2019-03-27 Automatic vending machine
JP2020509282A JP6954455B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-03-27 vending machine

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018067784 2018-03-30
JP2018-067784 2018-03-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019189510A1 true WO2019189510A1 (en) 2019-10-03

Family

ID=68059187

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/013448 WO2019189510A1 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-03-27 Automatic vending machine

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6954455B2 (en)
CN (1) CN111557025B (en)
WO (1) WO2019189510A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5812284Y2 (en) * 1977-04-30 1983-03-09 東芝機器株式会社 Article discharge device
JP5742397B2 (en) * 2011-04-05 2015-07-01 富士電機株式会社 vending machine

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4285331B2 (en) * 2004-06-01 2009-06-24 富士電機リテイルシステムズ株式会社 Vending machine product unloading device
JP2012123590A (en) * 2010-12-08 2012-06-28 Fuji Electric Retail Systems Co Ltd Automatic vending machine
JP5812284B2 (en) * 2011-12-22 2015-11-11 国立大学法人電気通信大学 Belt-like structure detecting device, method and program
JP6711507B2 (en) * 2015-10-16 2020-06-17 サンデン・リテールシステム株式会社 Vending machine product unloading device
JP6666546B2 (en) * 2016-02-22 2020-03-18 富士電機株式会社 vending machine

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5812284Y2 (en) * 1977-04-30 1983-03-09 東芝機器株式会社 Article discharge device
JP5742397B2 (en) * 2011-04-05 2015-07-01 富士電機株式会社 vending machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6954455B2 (en) 2021-10-27
CN111557025A (en) 2020-08-18
JPWO2019189510A1 (en) 2021-01-07
CN111557025B (en) 2022-04-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6984266B2 (en) vending machine
JP5742397B2 (en) vending machine
JP5736869B2 (en) vending machine
JP5810567B2 (en) Vending machine product storage rack
JP5720336B2 (en) vending machine
JP2018049512A (en) vending machine
JP2012221245A (en) Merchandise carrying-out device of automatic vending machine
JP2012137949A (en) Automatic dispenser
JP2013191031A (en) Automatic vending machine
JP5659745B2 (en) vending machine
JP2012123590A (en) Automatic vending machine
WO2019189510A1 (en) Automatic vending machine
JP6980817B2 (en) vending machine
CN108242105B (en) Commodity output device of vending machine
JP6899921B2 (en) vending machine
JP2012221242A (en) Commodity storage rack of vending machine
JP2012194798A (en) Article discharge device of automatic dispenser
JP5742405B2 (en) Vending machine product storage rack
JP5949011B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6749154B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP6834465B2 (en) vending machine
JP6834466B2 (en) Vending machine product unloading device
JP2018106322A (en) vending machine
JP2012137950A (en) Automatic dispenser
JP2012221241A (en) Commodity storage rack of vending machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19778334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020509282

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19778334

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1